Перевод: с греческого на английский

с английского на греческий

has+come

  • 41 ἥκω

    ἥκω (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr.; Jos., Ant. 16, 329; 341 al.; Just., A II, 2, 5; for ἔρχεσθαι Just., D. 49, 3 and 88, 7 [Mt 3:11f], D. 53, 3 [Zech 9:9]); for ἤχθη (A I, 51, 1 [Is 53:8]; D. 13, 6 [Is 53:8]) since it has the mng. of a perf., its conjugation somet. has perf. forms (as in pap [Mayser I 22 ’38, 148]; LXX [Helbing 104]; JosAs 3:7f; Joseph. [WSchmidt 470]) ἥκασι(ν) Mk 8:3 (v.l. ἥκουσιν); 1 Cl 12:2. Impf. ἧκον; fut. ἥξω; 1 aor. ἧξα (POxy 933, 13).
    to be in a place as the result of movement to, have come, be present, of persons
    w. mention of the starting point ἀπό τινος Mt 8:11; Lk 13:29. ἔκ τινος J 4:47; Ro 11:26. μακρόθεν Mk 8:3 (cp. Josh 9:6, 9; Is 60:4, FDanker, JBL 82, ’63, 215f).
    w. mention of the goal εἴς τι J 4:47 (s. a above); ἥ. εἰς θάνατον go to one’s death 1 Cl 16:9. ἥ. εἰς τὴν πύρωσιν τῆς δοκιμασίας D 16:5. ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ at home GJs 5:1. πρός τινα (PSI 326, 4 [261 B.C.]; En 106:8) Ac 28:23 v.l.; GJs 9:3. ἐπί τινα have come to someone (UPZ 78, 44 [159 B.C.]), also w. hostile intent (Pla., Rep. 336b et al.; 2 Ch 20:2) Rv 3:3b. ἐπί τι (Lucian, Jupp. Tr. 24; Achilles Tat. 5, 10, 1) B 4:3. W. inf. foll. 1 Cl 12:2. ἕως ὧδε 20:7. ἐκεῖ there (POslo 58, 5) Hv 3, 1, 3.
    abs. Mt 24:50; Lk 12:46; 15:27; J 8:42; Hb 10:7, 9 (both Ps 39:8), 37 (Hab 2:3); 1J 5:20; Rv 2:25; 3:3a, 9; 1 Cl 23:5 (Mal 3:1); D 16:7. ἰδοὺ ἥκει Ἰωακεὶμ μετὰ τῶν ποιμνίων αὐτοῦ there came Joachim with his flocks GJs 4:4.
    of the coming of a worshiper to a deity (OGI 186, 6 ἥκω πρὸς τὴν κυρίαν ῏Ισιν; 196, 2; Sb 1059, 8402 [I B.C.], 8411 [79 B.C.], 8412 [66 B.C.] al.; 3 Km 8:42; Jer 27:5; ἐπὶ σὲ ἥξομεν PsSol 5:7) J 6:37; Rv 15:4 (Ps 85:9).
    of a solemn appearance be here (of a deity PGM 1, 26; 29; Zosimus: Herm. Wr. IV p. 111, 5 θεὸς ἥξει πρός σε; 111, 9; Synes., Provid. 2, 2 p. 118b; SibOr 3, 49) expressed w. special force by ἥκω (PGiss 3, 2 [ἄγνωστος, beg.]; s. OWeinreich, ARW 18, 1915, 38ff) J 8:42.
    to make an appearance or come to pass, come, impers. (Demosth. 23, 12; Diod S 18, 58, 2 ἧκε γράμματα=‘a letter came’; Plut., Philop. 366 [21, 1]; Epict. 2, 2, 20; Ael. Aristid. 48, 13 K.=24 p. 468 D.) of time (Ezk 7:12 ἥκει ὁ καιρός; Ps 101:14) or of events Mt 24:14; J 2:4; 13:1 v.l.; 2 Pt 3:10; Rv 18:8. Of information, reports ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα as coming to him from an unwritten tradition Papias (2:11). Of the reign of God 2 Cl 12:2. ἕως ἥξει ὅτε until the time comes when Lk 13:35. ἐπί τινα upon someone (Is 47:9; cp. τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἥξεις … ἐπʼ αὐτούς En 107:1) of the final tribulations Mt 23:36; Lk 19:43.—DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἥκω

  • 42 χάρις

    χάρις, ιτος, ἡ (Hom.+) acc. quite predom. χάριν, but χάριτα Ac 24:27; 25:9 v.l.; Jd 4 and pl. χάριτας Ac 24:27 v.l.; 1 Cl 23:1 (Eur., Hel. 1378; Hdt. 6, 41; X., Hell. 3, 5, 16; ins, pap; Zech 4:7; 6:14; EpArist 272, pl. 230.—B-D-F §47, 3; W-S. §9, 7; Mayser 271f; Thackeray 150; Helbing 40f; Mlt-H. 132.—It seems that χάρις is not always clearly differentiated in mng. fr. χαρά; Apollodorus [II B.C.]: 244 Fgm. 90 Jac. says in the second book περὶ θεῶν: κληθῆναι δὲ αὐτὰς ἀπὸ μὲν τ. χαρᾶς Χάριτας• καὶ γὰρ πολλάκις … οἱ ποιηταὶ τ. χάριν χαρὰν καλοῦσιν ‘the [deities] Charites are so called from χαρά [joy], for poets freq. equate χάρις with χαρά’. Cp. the wordplay AcPl Ha 8, 7 χαρᾶς καὶ χάριτος the house was filled with gaiety and gratitude.).
    a winning quality or attractiveness that invites a favorable reaction, graciousness, attractiveness, charm, winsomeness (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 2, 231) of human form and appearance παῖς λίαν εὐειδής ἐν χάριτι an exceptionally fine-looking and winsome youth AcPl Ha 3, 13. Of speech (Demosth. 51, 9; Ps.-Demetr. [I A.D.], Eloc. §127; 133; 135 al.; Eccl 10:12; Sir 21:16; Jos., Ant. 18, 208) οἱ λόγοι τῆς χάριτος (gen. of quality) the gracious words Lk 4:22. ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι let your conversation always be winsome Col 4:6 (cp. Plut., Mor. 514f; s. also HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 121f; Epict. 3, 22, 90). τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ χάριτος ἐπληροῦτο MPol 12:1 can also be placed here in case χάρις means nothing more than graciousness (s. 4 below); prob. also GJs 7:3 (s. 3b).
    a beneficent disposition toward someone, favor, grace, gracious care/help, goodwill (almost a t.t. in the reciprocity-oriented world dominated by Hellenic influence [cp. e.g. OGI 669, 29] as well as by the Semitic sense of social obligation expressed in the term חֶסֶד [NGlueck, Das Wort ḥesed in alttestamentlichen Sprachgebrauche etc. 1927]. Of a different order and spirit is the subset of reciprocity known as Roman patronage, in which superiority of the donor over the client is clearly maintained)
    act., that which one grants to another, the action of one who volunteers to do someth. not otherwise obligatory χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ (cp. τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Κλαυδίου χάριτι OGI 669, 29) Ac 11:2 D; 14:26. τοῦ κυρίου 15:40.—Esp. of the beneficent intention of God (cp. χ. in reference to God: Apollon. Rhod. 3, 1005 σοὶ θεόθεν χάρις ἔσσεται; Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 40 χ. τῶν θεῶν; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 320 D.; 53 p. 620; Sextus 436b; likew. in LXX, Philo, Joseph.; SibOr 4, 46=189; 5, 330; Ezk. Trag. 162 [Eus., PE 9, 29, 12].—χ. to denote beneficent dispensations of the emperor: OGI 669, 44 [I A.D.]; BGU 19 I, 21 [II A.D.] χάρ. τοῦ θεοῦ Αὐτοκράτορος; 1085 II, 4) and of Christ, who give (undeserved) gifts to people; God: δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι Ro 3:24. Cp. 5:15a, 20f; 6:1; 11:5 (ἐκλογή 1), 6abc; Gal 1:15 (διά A 3e); Eph 1:6f (KKuhn, NTS 7, ’61, 337 [reff. to Qumran lit.]); 2:5, 7, 8; cp. Pol 1:3; 2 Th 1:12; 2:16; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 2:11 (ἡ χάρ. τοῦ θεοῦ σωτήριος; s. Dibelius, Hdb. exc. after Tit 2:14); 3:7; Hb 2:9 (χωρίς 2aα); 4:16a (DdeSilva, JBL 115, ’96, 100–103); 1 Cl 50:3; ISm 9:2; IPol 7:3. ἐν χάρ[ιτι θεοῦ] AcPl Ha 7, 23 (restoration uncertain). κατὰ χάριν as a favor, out of goodwill (cp. Pla., Leg. 740c; schol. on Soph., Oed. Col. 1751 p. 468 Papag.) Ro 4:4 (opp. κατὰ ὀφείλημα), 16.—The beneficence or favor of Christ: διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι Ac 15:11. Cp. Ro 5:15b; 2 Cor 8:9; 1 Ti 1:14; IPhld 8:1. On Ac 2:47 in this sense s. TAnderson, NTS 34, ’88, 604–10.
    pass., that which one experiences fr. another (Arrian, Anab. Alex. 3, 26, 4) χάριν ἔχειν have favor 3J 4 v.l. πρός τινα with someone=win his respect Ac 2:47 (cp. 2a end; cp. Pind., O. 7, 89f χάριν καὶ ποτʼ ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων grant him respect in the presence of his townfolk as well as strangers); παρά τινι (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 89 §376) Hm 10, 3, 1, cp. 5, 1, 5. εὑρεῖν χάριν παρά τινι (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 77, end) Lk 1:30; Hs 5, 2, 10; ἐνώπιόν τινος Ac 7:46; GJs 11:2 (JosAs 15:14). ἐν τοῖς μέλλουσι μετανοεῖν among those who are about to repent Hm 12, 3, 3. Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν χάριτι παρὰ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:52 (an indication of exceptional ἀρετή, cp. Pind. above). Cp. Ac 4:33; 7:10 (ἐναντίον Φαραώ); Hb 4:16b.—ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν; what credit is that to you? Lk 6:32–34; s. D 1:3; 2 Cl 13:4. Cp. 1 Cor 9:16 v.l. In these passages the mng. comes close to reward (s. Wetter [5 below] 209ff w. reff.).—Also by metonymy that which brings someone (God’s) favor or wins a favorable response fr. God 1 Pt 2:19, 20.
    In Christian epistolary lit. fr. the time of Paul χάρις is found w. the sense (divine) favor in fixed formulas at the beginning and end of letters (Zahn on Gal 1:3; vDobschütz on 1 Th 1:1; ELohmeyer, ZNW 26, 1927, 158ff; APujol, De Salutat. Apost. ‘Gratia vobis et pax’: Verb. Dom. 12, ’32, 38–40; 76–82; WFoerster, TW II ’34, 409ff; Goodsp., Probs. 141f. S. also the lit. s.v. χαίρω 2b). At the beginning of a letter χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη (sc. εἴη; New Docs 8, 127f) Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:2; Phlm 3; Rv 1:4; without ὑμῖν Tit 1:4. χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 Pt 1:2; 2 Pt 1:2; 1 Cl ins. χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Ti 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; 2J 3 (on the triplet cp. En 5:7 φῶς καὶ χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη).—At the end ἡ χάρις (τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ etc.) μεθʼ ὑμῶν (or μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν etc.) Ro 16:20, 23 (24) v.l.; 1 Cor 16:23; 2 Cor 13:13; Gal 6:18; Eph 6:24; Phil 4:23; Col 4:18; 1 Th 5:28; 2 Th 3:18; 1 Ti 6:21; 2 Ti 4:22; Tit 3:15; Phlm 25; Hb 13:25; Rv 22:21; 1 Cl 65:2. ἔσται ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων τῶν φοβουμένων τὸν Κύριον GJs 25:2. ὁ κύριος τῆς δόξης καὶ πάσης χάριτος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν B 21:9. χάρις ὑμῖν, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ὑπομονὴ διὰ παντός ISm 12:2. ἔρρωσθε ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ 13:2.
    practical application of goodwill, (a sign of) favor, gracious deed/gift, benefaction
    on the part of humans (X., Symp. 8, 36, Ages. 4, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 49 §213; Dionys. Hal. 2, 15, 4) χάριν (-ιτα) καταθέσθαι τινί (κατατίθημι 2) Ac 24:27; 25:9. αἰτεῖσθαι χάριν 25:3 (in these passages from Ac χ. suggests [political] favor, someth. one does for another within a reciprocity system. Cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 108 §506 ἐς χάριν Σύλλα=as a favor to Sulla; ApcSed 8:1 οὐκ ἐποίησάς μοι χάριν=you did me no favor). ἵνα δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε that you might have a second proof of my goodwill 2 Cor 1:15 (unless χάρις here means delight [so in poetry, Pind. et al., but also Pla., Isocr.; L-S-J-M s.v. χάρις IV; cp. also the quot. fr. Apollodorus at the beg. of the present entry, and the fact that χαρά is v.l. in 2 Cor 1:15]; in that case δευτέρα means double; but s. comm.). Of the collection for Jerusalem (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 42 §173 χάριτας λαμβάνειν=receive gifts) 1 Cor 16:3; 2 Cor 8:4, 6f, 19 (DdeSilva, JBL 115, ’96, 101). Cp. B 21:7.—Eph 4:29 may suggest a demonstration of human favor (cp. Plut., Mor. 514e χάριν παρασκευάζοντες ἀλλήλοις), but a ref. to the means by which divine grace is mediated is not to be ruled out (s. b below).
    on the part of God and Christ; the context will show whether the emphasis is upon the possession of divine favor as a source of blessings for the believer, or upon a store of favor that is dispensed, or a favored status (i.e. standing in God’s favor) that is brought about, or a gracious deed wrought by God in Christ, or a gracious work that grows fr. more to more (so in contrast to the old covenant Mel., P. 3, 16 al.). God is called ὁ θεὸς πάσης χάριτος 1 Pt 5:10, i.e. God, who is noted for any conceivable benefit or favor; cp. B 21:9.—χάριν διδόναι τινί show favor to someone (Anacr. 110 Diehl; Appian, Ital. 5 §10): τὸν δόντα αὐτῷ τὴν χάριν GJs 14:2. ταπεινοῖς δίδωσι χάριν (Pr 3:34) Js 4:6b; 1 Pt 5:5; 1 Cl 30:2; without a dat. Js 4:6a (Menand., Epitr. 231 S. [55 Kö.]). Perh. καὶ ἔβαλλε κύριος … χάριν ἐπʼ αὐτήν GJs 7:3 (but s. 1 above). The Logos is πλήρης χάριτος J 1:14. Those who belong to him receive of the fullness of his grace, χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος vs. 16 (ἀντί 2). Cp. vs. 17. τὴν χάριν ταύτην ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν this favor (of God) we now enjoy Ro 5:2 (Goodsp.).—5:17; 1 Cor 1:4; 2 Cor 4:15 (divine beneficence in conversion); cp. Ac 11:23; 6:1; Gal 1:6 (by Christ’s gracious deed); 2:21; 5:4; Col 1:6; 2 Ti 2:1; Hb 12:15; 13:9; 1 Pt 1:10, 13; 3:7 (συνκληρονόμοι χάριτος ζωῆς fellow-heirs of the gift that spells life; s. ζωή 2bα); 5:12; 2 Pt 3:18; Jd 4; IPhld 11:1; ISm 6:2. Christians stand ὑπὸ χάριν under God’s gracious will as expressed in their release from legal constraint Ro 6:14f, or they come ὑπὸ τὸν ζυγὸν τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 16:17 (ζυγός 1). The proclamation of salvation is the message of divine beneficence τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 20:24 or ὁ λόγος τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) 14:3; 20:32. Even the gospel message can be called ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ 13:43; cp. 18:27; MPol 2:3. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος the Spirit from or through whom (God’s) favor is shown Hb 10:29 (AArgyle, Grace and the Covenant: ET 60, ’48/49, 26f).—Pl. benefits, favors (Diod S 3, 2, 4; 3, 73, 6; Sb 8139, 4 [ins of I B.C.] of Isis; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 190) 1 Cl 23:1.—Nelson Glueck, Das Wort ḥesed etc. 1927, but s. FAndersen, ‘Yahweh, the Kind and Sensitive God’: God Who is Rich in Mercy, ed. PO’Brien/DPeterson ’86.
    exceptional effect produced by generosity, favor. Of effects produced by divine beneficence which go beyond those associated with a specific Christian’s status (ins μεγάλαι χάριτες τοῦ θεου: FCumont, Syria 7, 1926, 347ff), in the congregations of Macedonia 2 Cor 8:1 and Corinth 9:14; cp. vs. 8; in Rome AcPl Ha 7, 8. The Christian confessor is in full possession of divine grace ISm 11:1. Paul knows that through the χάρις of God he has been called to be an apostle, and that he has been fitted out w. the powers and capabilities requisite for this office fr. the same source: Ro 1:5; 12:3; 15:15; 1 Cor 3:10; 15:10ab (for the subject matter cp. Polyb. 12, 12b, 3 αὐτὸν [Alex. the Great] ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου τετευχέναι τούτων ὧν ἔτυχεν=whatever he has received he has received from what is divine. [For this reason he does not deserve any divine honors.]); 2 Cor 12:9; Gal 2:9; Eph 3:2, 7f; Phil 1:7.—The χάρις of God manifests itself in various χαρίσματα: Ro 12:6; Eph 4:7; 1 Pt 4:10. This brings into view a number of passages in which χάρις is evidently to be understood in a very concrete sense. It is hardly to be differentiated fr. δύναμις (θεοῦ) or fr. γνῶσις or δόξα (q.v. 1b. On this subj. s. Wetter [5 below] p. 94ff; esp. 130ff; pap in the GLumbroso Festschr. 1925, 212ff: χάρις, δύναμις, πνεῦμα w. essentially the same mng.; PGM 4, 2438; 3165; Herm. Wr. 1, 32; Just., D. 87, 5 ἀπὸ χάριτος τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ πνεύματος). οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ ἀλλʼ ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ 2 Cor 1:12. οὐκ ἐγὼ δὲ ἀλλὰ ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί 1 Cor 15:10c. αὐξάνετε ἐν χάριτι καὶ γνώσει τοῦ κυρίου 2 Pt 3:18; cp. 1 Cl 55:3; B 1:2 (τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάρις). Stephen is said to be πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως Ac 6:8. Divine power fills the Christian confessor or martyr w. a radiant glow MPol 12:1 (but s. 1 above). As the typical quality of the age to come, contrasted w. the κόσμος D 10:6.
    response to generosity or beneficence, thanks, gratitude (a fundamental component in the Gr-Rom. reciprocity system; exx. fr. later times: Diod S 11, 71, 4 [χάριτες=proofs of gratitude]; Appian, Syr. 3, 12; 13. Cp. Wetter [below] p. 206f) χάριν ἔχειν τινί be grateful to someone (Eur., Hec. 767; X., An. 2, 5, 14; Pla., Phlb. 54d; Ath. 2, 1; PLips 104, 14 [I B.C.] χάριν σοι ἔχω) foll. by ὅτι (Epict. 3, 5, 10; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 270; 2, 49) Lk 17:9 (ERiggenbach, NKZ 34, 1923, 439–43); mostly of gratitude to God or Christ; χάρις in our lit. as a whole, in the sense gratitude, refers to appropriate respone to the Deity for benefits conferred (Hom., Pind., Thu. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Jos., Ant. 7, 208) χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ (POxy 113, 13 [II A.D.] χάριν ἔχω θεοῖς πᾶσιν.—Epict. 4, 7, 9) 2 Ti 1:3; foll. by ὅτι because 1 Ti 1:12 (Herm. Wr. 6, 4 κἀγὼ χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ …, ὅτι; Jos., Ant. 4, 316); χάριν ἔχειν ἐπί τινι be grateful for someth. Phlm 7 v.l. (to humans). ἔχωμεν χάριν let us be thankful (to God) Hb 12:28 (the reason for it is given by the preceding ptc. παραλαμβάνοντες). Elliptically (B-D-F §128, 6; cp. Rob. 1201f) χάρις (ἔστω) τῷ θεῷ (X., Oec. 8, 16 πολλὴ χάρις τοῖς θεοῖς; Epict. 4, 4, 7 χάρις τῷ θεῳ; BGU 843, 6 [I/II A.D.] χάρις τοῖς θεοῖς al. in pap since III B.C..—Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 309) Ro 7:25; MPol 3:1. Foll. by ὅτι (X., An. 3, 3, 14 τοῖς θεοῖς χάρις ὅτι; PFay 124, 16 τοῖς θεοῖς ἐστιν χάρις ὅτι; Epict. 4, 5, 9) Ro 6:17. Foll. by ἐπί τινι for someth. (UPZ 108, 30 [99 B.C.]) 2 Cor 9:15. The reason for the thanks is given in the ptc. agreeing w. τῷ θεῷ 2:14; 8:16; 1 Cor 15:57 (cp. Jos., Ant. 6, 145; Philo, Somn. 2, 213). Thankfulness (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51 πρός τινα=toward someone) χάριτι in thankfulness 10:30. So prob. also ἐν τῇ χάριτι in a thankful spirit Col 3:16 (Dibelius, Hdb. ad loc.). πλησθῆναι χαρᾶς καὶ χάριτος AcPl Ha 8, 7. S. εὐχαριστέω, end. Also PSchubert, Form and Function of the Pauline Thanksgivings ’39.—OLoew, Χάρις, diss., Marburg 1908; GWetter, Charis 1913; AvHarnack, Sanftmut, Huld u. Demut in der alten Kirche: JKaftan Festschr. 1920, 113ff; NBonwetsch, Zur Geschichte des Begriffs Gnade in der alten Kirche: Harnack Festgabe 1921, 93–101; EBurton, Gal ICC 1921, 423f; WWhitley, The Doctrine of Grace ’32; JMoffatt, Grace in the NT ’31; RWinkler, D. Gnade im NT: ZST 10, ’33, 642–80; RHomann, D. Gnade in d. Syn. Ev.: ibid. 328–48; JWobbe, D. Charisgedanke b. Pls ’32; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 283–310 (Paul); HBoers, Ἀγάπη and Χάρις in Paul’s Thought: CBQ 59, ’97, 693–713; on 2 Cor 8: FDanker, Augsburg Comm. 2 Cor, 116–34; PRousselot, La Grâce d’après St. Jean et d’après St. Paul: SR 18, 1928, 87–108, Christent. u. Wissensch. 8, ’32, 402–30; JMontgomery, Hebrew Hesed and Gk. Charis: HTR 32, ’39, 97–102; Dodd 61f; TTorrance, The Doctrine of Grace in the Apost. Fathers, ’48; JRenié, Studia Anselmiana 27f, ’51, 340–50; CRSmith, The Bible Doctrine of Grace, ’56; EFlack, The Concept of Grace in Bibl. Thought: Bibl. Studies in Memory of HAlleman, ed. Myers, ’60, 137–54; DDoughty, NTS 19, ’73, 163–80.—B. 1166. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > χάρις

  • 43 ἐγείρω

    ἐγείρω fut. ἐγερῶ; 1 aor. ἤγειρα. Pass.: pres. ἐγείρομαι, impv. 2 sg. ἐγείρου, pl. ἐγείρεσθε; 1 fut. ἐγερθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἠγέρθην; pf. ἐγήγερμαι (B-D-F §101 and 78; Rob. 1215) (Hom.+).
    to cause someone to wake from sleep, wake, rouse Mt 8:25; Mk 4:38; Ac 12:7.
    to cease sleeping, wake up, awaken fr. sleep, pass. intr. (PStras 100, 15 [II B.C.] ἐγερθεὶς ἐκάλουν βοηθούς) ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου Mt 1:24 (cp. διεγείρω). Abs. 25:7; Mk 4:27; J 11:12 P75. Fig., ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι awaken fr. sleep (i.e. thoughtless indolence) Ro 13:11 (cp. Epict. 2, 20, 15 ἐ. ἐκ τῶν ὕπνων, fr. the sleep of carelessness); cp. AcPl Ha 4, 32.
    to cause to stand up from a position lower than that of the pers. rendering assistance, raise, help to rise, pers. sitting down Ac 3:7 (ἵνα σταθῶ). Lying down Mk 1:31; 9:27. Stretched out Ac 10:26 (En 14:25). Fallen Mt 12:11; 1 Cl 59:4; Hv 3, 2, 4.
    to move to a standing position, rise, get up, pass. intr. of those who have awakened Mt 2:13f, 20f; 8:26; Lk 11:8; who were sitting down (EpArist 94) Mt 9:19; Lk 13:25; J 11:29; Hv 1, 4, 1; AcPl Ox 6; kneeling Hv 2, 1, 3; of the sick Mt 8:15; 9:6f; Mk 2:12; of those called back to life (cp. 4 Km 4:31) Mt 9:25; Lk 7:14. ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου rise from the table J 13:4; of one who has fallen Mt 17:7; Ac 9:8 (on ἀπὸ τ. γῆς cp. 2 Km 12:17; Ps 112:7).
    to cause to come into existence, raise up, bring into being (Judg 2:16, 18 ἤγειρε αὐτοῖς κύριος κριτάς; 3:9, 15 σωτῆρα; Pr 10:12; TestLevi 18:2 ἱερέα; Jos., Ant. 8, 199) κέρας σωτηρίας a horn of salvation Lk 1:69; τέκνα τινί Mt 3:9; Lk 3:8. ἤγειρεν τὸν Δαυὶδ αὐτοῖς εἰς βασιλέα he gave them David as (their) king Ac 13:22 (cp. Jos., Ant. 19, 295). W. double acc. and dat. of advantage vs. 23 v.l.; τὶ someth. (Theognis 549 πόλεμον ἐ.; Appian, Hann. 41 §177 θόρυβον; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 50 Jac. μάχην; Tat. 19, 3 στάσεις καὶ μάχας) cause θλῖψιν Phil 1:17 (Lucian, Syr. Dea 18 πένθος τινι).
    to cause to return to life, raise up (the ancients closely associated death with sleep; s., e.g., Kaibel 559, 7f; RLattimore, Themes in Greek and Latin Epitaphs ’62, 164f al.) (Apollodor. [II B.C.]: 244 Fgm. 138a Jac., of Asclepius. Similarly schol. on Lucian p. 55, 23 Rabe; Sir 48:5 ὁ ἐγείρας νεκρὸν ἐκ θανάτου; PGM 4, 195) Mt 10:8; J 5:21; Ac 26:8; 2 Cor 1:9; AcPt Ox 849 verso, 10; AcPl Ha 8, 35=BMM verso 9. Of the raising of Jesus Ac 5:30; 10:40; 13:37; 1 Cor 6:14; 15:15ff; 2 Cor 4:14. More fully ἐ. τινὰ ἐκ νεκρῶν (mostly of Jesus’ resurr.) J 12:1, 9, 17; Ac 3:15; 4:10; 13:30; Ro 4:24; 8:11; 10:9; Gal 1:1; Eph 1:20; Col 2:12; 1 Th 1:10; Hb 11:19; 1 Pt 1:21; IMg 9:3; Pol 2:1f; AcPlCor 2:6. ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ITr 9:2. Of the raising of Christ’s flesh ISm 7:1.
    to enter into or to be in a state of life as a result of being raised, be raised, rise, pass. intr., of one who has died (Is 26:19; TestJob 4:9; cp. 4 Km 4:31) approaches ἀναστῆναι in mng. (cp. mss. and synopt. parallels; s. ἀνίστημι 7) gen. νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται Mk 12:26; Lk 7:22; 20:37; 1 Cor 15:15f, 29, 32, 35, 52. Of Lazarus ἐγερθήσεται J 11:12 v.l. σώματα … ἠγέρθησαν Mt 27:52; ἐγείρεται σῶμα πνευμάτικον 1 Cor 15:44; cp. 15:42f; τὸ σῶμα ἐγείρεται AcPlCor 2:27; cp. 2:26 (in imagery after 1 Cor 15:37). ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἐγερθῇ Lk 16:30 v.l.; ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθῇ 16:31 P75.—Of John the Baptist ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 14:2; cp. ἐκ νεκρῶν Mk 6:14; Lk 9:7.—Of Christ: ἐκ νεκρῶν Mt 17:9; J 2:22; 21:14; Ro 6:4, 9; 7:4; 1 Cor 15:12, 20 (cp. Just., D. 108, 2 ἐγηγέρθαι); 2 Ti 2:8. Also ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 27:64; 28:7; ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ITr 9:2. Without this qualification τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι Mt 16:21; 17:23. καθῶς εἶπεν 28:6; ὄντως εἶπεν Mt 26:32; 26:34. διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν Ro 4:25; ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν (τῶν ζώντων) 2 Cor 5:15. Abs. Mt 26:32; Mk 14:28; 16:6; Lk 24:6, 14 (v.l. ἐκ νεκρῶν); Ro 8:34 (v.l. ἐκ ν.); 1 Cor 15:13f, 16f; AcPlCor 2:31.—For lit. s. on ἀνάστασις 2 end.
    to raise up from sickness, raise up=restore to health (the sick pers. is ordinarily recumbent) Js 5:15; AcPl BMM verso 11 (Did., Gen. 168, 17).
    to change to a previous good state or condition, restore, erect of buildings (Dio Chrys. 11 [12], 18; Aelian, NA 11, 10; Herodian 3, 15, 3; 8, 2, 5; Lucian, Alex. 19; Anth. Pal. 9, 696; OGI 677, 3; 1 Esdr 5:43; Sir 49:13; ἐ. τρόπαιον Hippol., Ref. 1, 24, 6; θυσιαστήριον Did., Gen. 223, 19) temple (ναόν: Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 26 §120; Lucian, Sacr. 11; Jos., Ant. 15, 391; 20, 228) J 2:19f.
    to move someth. from its position by exerting effort in overcoming resistance, lift up ἔγειρον τ. λίθον lift up the stone, push the stone aside (Seleucus of Alex. [I A.D.]: 341 Fgm. 4 Jac. in buffoonery at a symposium, of a stone pushed out from under a participant who has put his head in a noose and has been given a small scimitar to cut the rope before it strangles him) (Ox 1 recto, 6 [=GTh 77]); LWright, JBL 65, ’46, 182; Unknown Sayings 95–98; AWalls, VigChr 16, ’62, 71–76.— Raise κονιορτόν (Polyaenus 4, 19; 7, 44, 1) Hv 4, 1, 5 (Jos. Bell. 5, 471 speaks in the pass. of the dust that ‘is raised’). Cp. Mt 12:11.
    to move against in hostility, rise up, pass. intr., of nations rising in arms (Jer 6:22 v.l.) ἐ. ἐπί τινα against someone one nation against another Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:10 (for ἐπί τινα cp. Appian, Liby. 68 §307; Jer 27:9; Jos., Ant. 8, 199).
    to make an appearance, appear, pass. intr. of prophets Mt 11:11; Lk 7:16; J 7:52; of false prophets Mt 24:11, 24; Mk 13:22. Of accusers in court (w. ἐν τῇ κρίσει; s. ἀνίστημι 9) Mt 12:42; Lk 11:31 (on omission of ἐν τῇ κρίσει in ms. D, see MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 134).
    in a command to evoke movement from a fixed position ἔγειρε, ἐγείρου get up!, come! impv.
    act. intr. only in impv. (Eur., Iph. A. 624; Aristoph., Ran. 340; Aesop-mss. [Ursing 80]) Mt 9:5f; Mk 2:9 (v.l. ἐγείρου), 11; 3:3; 5:41; 10:49; Lk 5:23f; 6:8; 8:54 (v.l. ἐγείρου); J 5:8; Ac 3:6 ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει; Rv 11:1; AcPl Ha 7, 28. Awakening of the ‘dead’ (with καθεύδειν and ἐγείρειν associated in figurative use, as in Plut., Mor. 462) in Mk 5:41; Lk 8:54 (v.l. ἐγείρου); Eph 5:14 (MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc., but without Gnostic motif acc. to KKuhn, NTS 7, ’60/61, 341–46; cp. PsSol 16:1–4) parallels the aspect of motion in passages cited in 1, 3–10, and others here in a above.
    pass. intr. ἐγείρου get up! Mk 2:9 v.l.; Lk 8:54 v.l.; ἐγείρεσθε, ἄγωμεν get up! let us be going Mt 26:46; Mk 14:42; J 14:31.—B. 271; 670. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐγείρω

  • 44 λείπω

    λείπω, [tense] impf.
    A

    ἔλειπον Il.19.288

    , etc.: [tense] fut.

    λείψω 18.11

    : [tense] aor. 1 ἔλειψα, part.

    λείψας Ar.Fr. 965

    (= Antiph.32), elsewh. only late, Plb.12.15.12 ( παρ-), Str.6.3.10 ( παρ-), Ps.-Phoc.77 (ἀπ-), etc.; uncompounded, Ptol.Alm.10.4, Luc.Par.42, Ps.-Callisth.1.44 (cod. C); also in later Poets, Man.1.153, Opp.C.2.33, and in Inscrr., Epigr.Gr.522.16 ([place name] Thessalonica), 314.27 ([place name] Smyrna), etc.: but correct writers normally use [tense] aor. 2

    ἔλῐπον Il.2.35

    , A.Pers. 984 (lyr.), etc.: [tense] pf.

    λέλοιπα Od.14.134

    : [tense] plpf. ἐλελοίπειν ([dialect] Att. -η) X.Cyr.2.1.21:—[voice] Med., in prop. sense chiefly in compds.: [tense] aor. 2

    ἐλιπόμην Hdt.1.186

    , 2.40, E.HF 169, etc. (in pass. sense, Il.11.693, al.):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense

    λείψομαι Hes.Op. 200

    , Hdt.7.8.ά, 48; also

    λειφθήσομαι S.Ph. 1071

    , λελείψομαι Il.24.742, Th.5.105, etc.: [tense] aor.

    ἐλείφθην, λείφθην Pi.O.2.43

    ; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.

    ἔλειφθεν h.Merc. 195

    : [tense] pf.

    λέλειμμαι Il.13.256

    , Democr.228, Pl.Ti. 61a, etc.: [tense] plpf.

    ἐλελείμμην Il.2.700

    ; [dialect] Ep.

    λέλειπτο 10.256

    : [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. also

    ἔλειπτο A.R.1.45

    , etc.:
    1 leave, quit, Ἑλλάδα, δώματα, etc., Il.9.447, Od.21.116, etc.: with a neg., [

    σκόπελον] οὔ ποτε κύματα λείπει Il.2.396

    ;

    νιν.. χιὼν οὐδαμὰ λ. S.Ant. 830

    (lyr.); χερσὶν ὕπο Τρώων λείψειν φάος ἠελίοιο, i.e. die, be killed, Il.18.11;

    λ. τὸν βίον ὑπό τινος Pl.Lg. 872e

    ; λ. βίον, βίοτον, etc., S.El. 1444, E.Hel. 226 (lyr.), etc.;

    αὐτόχειρι σφαγῇ λ. βίον Id.Or. 948

    .
    b conversely,

    τὸν δ' ἔλιπε ψυχή Il.5.696

    , Od.14.426;

    τὸν.. λίπε θυμός Il.4.470

    ;

    ἔπειτά με καὶ λίποι αἰών 5.685

    , cf. Od.7.224;

    λίπε δ' ὀστέα θυμός Il.16.743

    ; ψυχὴ δὲ λέλοιπεν (sc. ὀστέα) Od.14.134; νῦν δ' ἤδη πάντα λέλοιπεν (sc. ἐμέ) ib. 213; in these two last passages some take it intr., is gone, v. infr. 11.
    2 leave behind, leave at home,

    παιδὶ τὸν ἐν μεγάροισιν ἔλειπες Od.13.403

    , cf. Il.5.480; esp. of dying men, leave (as a legacy), Ἀτρεὺς δὲ θνῄσκων ἔλιπεν πολύαρνι Θυέστῃ [τὸσκῆπτρον] 2.106;

    πατέρι γόον καὶ κήδεα λυγρά 5.157

    , cf. S.Aj. 973; παῖδα ὀρφανὸν λ. ib. 653; λ. ἄρρενας, θυγατέρας, Pl.Lg. 923e, 924e;

    λ. εὔκλειαν ἐν δόμοισι A.Ch. 348

    (lyr.):—also in [voice] Med., leave behind one (as a memorial to posterity),

    μνημόσυνον λιπέσθαι Hdt.1.186

    , 6.109, al.;

    λιπέσθαι τιμωρούς E. HF 169

    ;

    διαδόχους ἐμαυτῷ Plu.Aem.36

    , etc.
    b leave standing, leave remaining, spare,

    οἰκίαν οὐδεμίαν X.An.7.4.1

    ;

    μηδένα Id.HG2.3.41

    , Pl.R. 567b, etc.
    3 leave, forsake, Il.17.13, etc.;

    λ. τινὰ χαμαί Pi.O.6.45

    ;

    εὕδοντα S.Ph. 273

    ; τὴν αὑτοῦ φύσιν λ. ib. 903;

    λ. τὴν τάξιν Pl.Ap. 29a

    , etc.; λ. ἐράνους fail in paying.., D.27.25, cf. 25.22; λ. δασμόν, φοράν, X.Cyr.3.1.1, 34; λ. μαρτυρίαν, ὅρκον, fail in.., D.49.19, 59.60, λ. δίκην allow it to go by default, SIG134b24 (Milet., iv B.C.); λοιβὰς.. οὐ λίπε neglected them not, IG3.1337.8.
    b conversely, λίπον ἰοὶ ἄνακτα they failed him, Od.22.119.
    4 Math., lose or drop something, i.e. have something subtracted from it, τὸ KP λιπὸν τὸ BO the area KP minus the area BO, Apollon.Perg.3.12, cf. Ptol.Alm. 10.4, al., Dioph.2.21.
    II intr., to be gone, depart, Epigr.Gr.149.2 ([place name] Rhenea); v. supr. 1.1b.
    2 to be wanting or missing,

    οὔ τί πω ἔλιπεν ἐκ τοῦδ' οἴκου.. αἰκία S.El. 514

    (lyr.);

    οὔποτ' ἔρις λείψει κατὰ πόλεις E.Hel. 1157

    (lyr.);

    τὸ κακοτυχὲς οὐ λέλοιπεν ἐκ τέκνων Id.HF 133

    (lyr.); λείπουσιν αἱ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς [τρίχες] Arist.HA 518a24;

    ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει Ev.Luc.18.22

    ; τί λείπει τῶν ἐπιτηδείων αὐταῖς; Plb.10.18.8; τί γάρ σοι λείπει; Arr.Epict.2.22.5, cf. Diog.Oen.64; [εἰς τὴν προκειμένην πραγματείαν] τὸ ὑφ' οὗ γίνεται.. μὴ ῥηθὲν οὐ λείπει is not needed, Marcellin.Puls.69: c. inf., λείπει μὲν οὐδ' ἃ πρόσθεν ἤδεμεν τὸ μὴ οὐ βαρύστον' εἶναι nihil absunt quin.., S.OT 1232: so c. gen.,

    βραχὺ λείπει τοῦ μὴ συνάπτειν Plb.2.14.6

    , etc.; πρότασις τῆς προειρημένης λείπουσα ὑποθέσει a proposition containing less in the hypothesis than that aforesaid, Papp.648.1: freq. with numerals,

    κεφάλαιον γίγνεται μικροῦ λείποντος πέντε καὶ δέκα τάλαντα Lys.19.43

    ;

    οὐ πολὺ λεῖπον τῶν ἐνενήκοντα ἐτῶν Plb.12.16.13

    ;

    τριήρεις πέντε λείπουσαι τῶν ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι D.S.13.14

    : generally,

    παντὸς μὲν οὖν λείπει Pl.Lg. 728a

    ; ὁ λιπών ib. 759e; τὸ λεῖπον what is lacking, Plb.4.38.9, etc.; esp. Gramm., to be incomplete, of a phrase,

    λειπούσης τῆς φράσεως A.D.Adv.159.28

    , al.; to be wanting, omitted,

    λείποντος τοῦ καί Id.Conj.225.24

    : also c. dat.,

    λείπει ἡ κεῖνος φωνὴ τῷ ε ¯ Id.Adv.147.17

    .
    b of the moon, to be invisible (cf. λειψιφαής), Plot.2.3.5.
    c λείποντα εἴδη, in Algebra, = λείψεις, negative terms, Dioph.1Def.10.
    B [voice] Pass., to be left, left behind,

    ἄλοχος Φυλάκῃ ἐλέλειπτο Il.2.700

    ;

    οἱ δ' οἶοι λείπονται Od.22.250

    , etc.; also ὀπίσσω, μετόπισθε, κατόπισθε λ., Il.3.160, 22.334, Od.21.116; παῖδες.. μετόπισθε λελειμμένοι left behind in Troy, Il.24.687;

    μόνα.. νὼ λελειμμένα S.Ant.58

    , etc.; τὸ λειπόμενον βίου (v.l. βιοτᾶς) Ariphron 1 (= IG3.171).
    b Math., to be subtracted: τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς ΔΦ λειφθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ΔΑ ποιεῖ .., the square on ΔΦ subtracted from the square on ΔΑ gives.., Ptol.Alm. 10.7.
    3 remain alive,

    πολλοὶ δὲ λίποντο Od.4.495

    , cf. A. Pers. 480, X.An.3.1.2.
    II c. gen.,
    1 to be left without, to be forsaken of,

    κτεάνων λειφθεὶς καὶ φίλων Pi.I.2.11

    ;

    σοῦ λελειμμένη S. Ant. 548

    ; but στρατὸν λελειμμένον δορός which has been left by the spear, i.e. not slain, A.Ag. 517.
    2 to be left behind in a race, Il. 23.407, 409, Od.8.125; λελειμμένος οἰῶν lingering behind the sheep, 9.448; λείπετ'.. Μενελάου δουρὸς ἐρωήν he was left a spear's throw behind Menelaus, Il.23.529; ἐς δίσκουρα λέλειπτο he had been left behind as much as a quoit's throw, ib. 523;

    κίρκοι πελειῶν οὐ μακρὰν λελειμμένοι A.Pr. 857

    , cf. E.Hipp. 1244; τοῦ κήρυκος μὴ λείπεσθαι not to lag behind the herald, Th.1.131; but ἀπό τινος to be left behind by one, Il.9.437, 445; λ. βασιλέος or ἀπὸ βασιλέος by the king, Hdt.8.113, 9.66; λείπεσθαι τοῦ καιροῦ to be behind time, X.Cyr.6.3.29;

    τῆς ναυμαχίης Id.7.168

    ;

    τῆς ἐξόδου Id.9.19

    ; but, λείπου μηδὲ σύ, παρθέν', ἀπ' οἴκων fail not [to come] from the house, i.e. follow us, dub. in S. Tr. 1275 (anap.): abs., to be left behind, be absent, Hdt.7.229, 8.44.
    3 come short of, be inferior to, τινος, like ἐλαττοῦσθαι, ἡττᾶσθαι, ὑστερεῖσθαί τινος, because the Verb has a comp. sense, Id.7.48, etc.; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὁποίας λείπεται τόδ' ἡδονῆς falls short of.., E.Fr.138.3; λείπεσθαί τινος ἔς τι or ἔν τινι, Hdt.1.99, 7.8. ά (v. infr. 4);

    περί τι Plb.6.52.8

    ;

    πρός τι S.Tr. 266

    ;

    καμήλους ταχυτῆτι οὐ λειπομένας ἵππων Hdt.7.86

    ;

    ξύνεσιν οὐδενὸς λ. Th.6.72

    ;

    πλήθει λ. X.HG7.4.24

    ;

    πλήθει ἡμῶν λειφθέντες Id.An.7.7.31

    ; οὐδ' ἔτι θηρὸς ἐλείπετο δερκομένοισιν, i.e. resembled.., Epic.in Arch.Pap.7p.4: also c. gen. rei,

    λειφθῆναι μάχης E.Heracl. 732

    ;

    οὐδὲν σοῦ ξίφους λελείψομαι Id.Or. 1041

    : Math., τὸ ἐγγραφὲν τοῦ περιγραφέντος ἐλάσσονι λείπεται the inscribed figure falls short of the circumscribed by less than.., Archim.Con.Sph.21: also c. dat. rei,

    λειφθῆναι μάχῃ A.Pers. 344

    : c. part.,

    οὐδὲν ἐμοῦ λείπει γιγνώσκων X.Oec.18.5

    ; λέλειψαι τῶν ἐμῶν βουλευμάτων you come short of, understand not my plans, E.Or. 1085;

    λέλειμμαι τῶν ἐν Ἕλλησιν νόμων Id.Hel. 1246

    : abs., to be defeated, Plb.1.62.6;

    ὑπό τινος AP11.224

    (Antip.); λείπεσθαι ἐν [τῇ ἀγορανομίᾳ], Lat. repulsam ferre, Plu. Mar.5, etc.: abs., in part., ἄνδρας λελειμμένους inferior men, A.Fr. 37; also,

    λειπόμενοι

    the poor,

    IG14.1839.7

    .
    4 to be wanting or lacking in a thing, fail of or in, c. gen.,

    ὀδυρμάτων ἐλείπετ' οὐδέν S.Tr. 937

    ;

    γνώμας λειπομένα σοφᾶς Id.El. 474

    (lyr.);

    λελειμμένη τέκνων E. Ion 680

    ; λελ. λόγου failing to heed my word, S.Aj. 543; μῆνας ἓξ.. λειπόμενος (sc. τῶν εἴκοσι ἐτῶν) Epigr.Gr. 519 ([place name] Thessalonica); also,

    λ. ἐν τῷ μὴ δύνασθαι μηδ' ὁρᾶν S.OC 495

    ; v. supr.3.
    5 to be in need of,

    τῆς σῆς βοηθείας A.D.Synt.289.28

    . (I.-E. leiq[uglide]-, cf. Lat. li-n-quo, Skt. ric-, [tense] pres. [ per.] 3sg. ri-ṇa-k-ti 'leaves', etc.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λείπω

  • 45 συνάπτω

    I in physical sense, Χειρὶ Χεῖρα, of dancers, Ar.Th. 955 (lyr.); ξ. καὶ ξυνωρίζου Χέρα, in sign of friendship. E.Ba. 198, cf. IA 832, Pl.Lg. 698d; ἰδού, ξύναψον (sc. τὴν Χεῖρα) E.Ph. 106; but σ. Χεῖρέ τινος ἐν βρόχοις bind them fast, Id.Ba. 615 (troch.), cf. 546 (lyr.); ξ. πόδα, σ. ἴχνος τινί, meet him, Id. Ion 538 (troch.), 663;

    πόδα ἐς ταὐτὸν ὁδοῦ Id.Ph.37

    ; δρόμῳ ς. meet in full career, ib. 1101; ξ. κῶλον τάφῳ approach the grave, Id.Hel. 544;

    φόνος ξ. τινὰ γᾷ Id.Ph. 673

    (lyr.); ξ. βλέφαρα κόραις close the eyes, Id.Ba. 747; στόμα ς. kiss one, Id.IT 375; κακὰ κακοῖς ς. link misery with misery, Id.HF 1213 (lyr.); κακὰ ξ... τινί link him with misery, Id.Med. 1232; prov., σ. λίνον λίνῳ join thread to thread, i.e. compare things of the same sort, Stratt.38, Pl.Euthd. 298c, Arist.Ph. 207a17, cf. Sch.Pl.l.c.; also δύ' ἐξ ἑνὸς κακὼ ς. E.IT 488, cf. Hipp. 515; κοινὴν ξ. δαῖτα παιδί share with him a common meal, Id. Ion 807 (troch.).
    2 metaph. of combination in thought,

    σ. αὐτὰ εἰς ἓν τρία ὄντα Pl.R. 588d

    ;

    σ. ἐν τοῖς λόγοις Id.Sph. 252c

    ;

    ἔχουσί τι κοινὸν [αἱ ἀρχαὶ] τὸ συνάπτον αὐτάς Arist.Fr.17

    ;

    εἴ τι σ. ἢ ἀφαιρεῖ ἡ διάνοια Id.Metaph. 1027b32

    (

    διαιρεῖ Alex.Aphr.

    ); ἀδύνατα ς. Id.Po.1458a27, cf. Phld.Sto.Herc.339.13;

    σ. τὸ γίγνεσθαί θ' ἅμα καὶ τὴν τελευτὴν τοῦ βίου Alex.149.18

    ; σ. μηχανήν frame a plan, A.Ag. 1609, cf. E.Hel. 1034; σ. ὄναρ εἴς τινα connect it with him, refer it to him, Id.IT[59];

    σ. λόγον πρός τι D.60.12

    ;

    πρὸς τὸ ἄκρον οὐ σ. τὸν συλλογισμόν Arist. APr. 69a18

    ; σ. ἀλλήλοις τό τ' ἐκστάντες καὶ τὸ ὀξέως" take together, Gal.16.547; συνῆψε τὸν λόγον he continues as follows, Id.15.148; but σ. τὸν λόγον, abridge, Theopomp.Com.22: c. acc. et dat., associate with or attribute to,

    τί τινι Epicur.Nat.11.9

    , Sent.Vat.39, Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.15, cf. Phld.Sign.20:—[voice] Pass.,

    συνάπτεται ἕτερον ἐξ ἄλλου Pl.Sph. 245e

    , cf. Phd. 60b (v.l.), Epicur.Ep.2p.37U., Nat.28.11; of the words of a sentence,

    συνάπτεσθαι ἀλλήλοις Gal. 16.546

    .
    II with regard to persons,
    1 in hostile sense, σ. τὰ στρατόπεδα εἰς μάχην bring them into action, Hdt.5.75; ἐλπὶς.. ἣ πολλὰς πόλεις συνῆψε has engaged them in conflict, E.Supp. 480; so συνῆψε πάντας ἐς μίαν βλάβην involved them in.., Id.Ba. 1303; for S.Aj. 1317, v. συλλύω 11.
    b σ. μάχην join battle, Hdt.6.108;

    στρατεύματι A.Pers. 336

    , cf. E.Heracl. 808;

    σ. πόλεμον πρός τινας Th. 6.13

    ;

    συνάψαι πόλεμον Ἕλλησιν μέγαν E.Hel.55

    , cf. Hdt.1.18;

    τοῖς σοφοῖς εὐκτὸν σοφῷ ἔχθραν συνάπτειν Id.Heracl.459

    ;

    σ. ἀλκήν Id.Supp.683

    ; also (without μάχην), engage, Hdt.4.80, cf. Ar.Ach. 686 (troch.);

    σ. συνάψεις LXX 4 Ki.10.34

    ;

    σ. φασγάνων ἀκμάς E.Or. 1482

    (lyr.);

    ἔγχη Id.Ph. 1192

    ; οὐκ εὐθὺς συνῆψε τὰς ἀπορίας has not immediately rejoined by stating the difficulties, Procl. in Prm.p.533 S.: abs., approach, make contact, Plu.Tim.25:—[voice] Pass.,

    μοι πρός τινας νεῖκος συνῆπτο Hdt.7.158

    , cf. 6.94.
    2 in friendly sense, σ. ἑαυτὸν εἰς λόγους τινί enter into conversation with him, Ar.Lys. 468 (cf. infr. B.11.1);

    φιλία σ. τοὺς καλούς τε κἀγαθούς X.Mem.2.6.22

    :—[voice] Pass., παλλακαῖς συνημμένος, of Aristotle, App.Anth.5.11.
    b c. acc. rei,

    σ. μῦθον E.Supp. 566

    ;

    σ. ὅρκους Id.Ph. 1241

    ;

    κοινωνίαν X.Lac.6.3

    ;

    φιλίαν πρός τινα D.H.19.13

    , cf. 2.30; freq. in E., σ. τινὶ γάμους, λέκτρα, κῆδος, form an alliance by marriage, Ph. 1049 (lyr.), 49, Andr. 620, etc.;

    γένναν Id.Fr. 558

    ;

    τὸν ἔρωτα τῇ κούρῃ Aret.SD1.5

    :—in [voice] Med., κῆδος ξυνάψασθαι τῆς θυγατρός get one's daughter married, Th. 2.29:—[voice] Pass.,

    οἱ γάμοι συνήφθησαν PLips.41.7

    (iv A.D.);

    ᾧ συνήφθην ἐκ παρθενίας PSI1.41.5

    (iv A.D.); συναφθεῖσά μοι ὡς γαμετή,.. συνήφθην σοι πρὸς γάμου καὶ βίου κοινωνίαν, PMasp.153.5,8 (iv A.D.);

    μὴ πρὸς γάμον ἡ παῖς καὶ ἑτέρῳ τινὶ συναφθείη Chor. p.227

    B.
    III Math., esp. in [tense] pf. [voice] Pass., ὁ λόγος συνῆπται ἔκ τε τοῦ.. καὶ τοῦ.. the ratio is compounded of.., Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.4, al.; ἀναλογία συνημμένη continued proportion (cf.

    συνεχής 1.3

    ), Nicom.Ar.2.21; συνημμένη μεσότης geometric mean, ibid.
    3 in Logic, συνημμένον ἀξίωμα or τὸ σ., hypothetical proposition as premiss in a syllogism. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.68, Phld.Sign.32, S.E.M.8.109, Gell.16.8.9: pl., Plu.2.43c, Procl. in Prm. p.533 S.; κοῖα συνῆπται; what conclusion follows? Call.Fr.70.3:—cf.

    συνάρτησις 11

    .
    B intr.:
    I in local sense, border on, lie next to,

    τὸ πεδίον τοῦτο συνάπτει τῷ Αἰγυπτίῳ πεδίῳ Hdt.2.75

    ;

    Τήνῳ συνάπτουσ' Ἄνδρος A.Pers. 885

    (lyr.); γεώλοφοι συνάπτοντες [ τῷ ποταμῷ] reaching to.., Plb.3.67.9;

    ἐὰν διώρυγες συνάπτωσι τοῖς Χώμασι PLille 1v

    .7 (iii B.C.); [

    τῆς τραχείας ἀρτηρίας] τὸ συνάπτον τῷ στόματι πέρας Gal.6.421

    ; ποταμοῦ στόμα συνάπτον θαλάττῃ ib.712;

    αὗται μὲν σ., αἱ δ' ἄλλαι ἀσύναπτοι Arist.HA 516a30

    ; δύο πόροι εἰς ἓν ς. ib. 508a13; τὰ βράγχια σ. ἀλλήλοις ib. 507a5; ἡ κοιλία σ. πρὸς τὸ στόμα ib. 507a28; of the sides of a cone,

    πρὸς μίαν κορυφὴν συνάπτειν Thphr.Vert.4

    .
    2 of Time, to be nigh at hand,

    ὥρα συνάπτει Pi.P.4.247

    ;

    σ. πρὸς τὸν Χειμῶνα Hp.Aph.2.25

    ;

    συνάψαντος τοῦ Χρόνου Plb.2.2.8

    ;

    συνάψαντος τοῦ καιροῦ Id.6.36.1

    , etc.
    3 metaph., σ. ἐν αὐτῇ πάνθ' ὅσα δεῖ τοῖς φίλοις ὑπάρχειν meet together, Arist.EN 1156b18; οὐ σ. [ αὗται αἱ φιλίαι] do not combine, ib. 1157a34; to be connected with, τῷ γένει αἱ ἰδέαι ς. Id.Metaph. 1042a15;

    σ. πρός τι Id.Pol. 1276a7

    , Cat. 4b26, APr. 41a1; attach, Id.HA 580a15; λύπη σ. [ τῷ θεραπεύειν] E.Hipp. 187 (anap.), cf. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.174; ὁ πόνος ὁ ὑπερβάλλων συνάψει θανάτῳ will border upon death, Epicur.Fr. 448; σ. εἴς τι have reference to, Thphr.CP6.1.2.
    II of persons, ξ. λόγοισιν enter into conversation, S.El.21;

    ἐς λόγους σ. τινί E.Ph. 702

    ; σ. εἰς Χορεύματα join the dance, Id.Ba. 133 (lyr.); ἐς Χεῖρα γῇ come close to land, Id.Heracl. 429; σ. εἰς τὸν καιρόν come in just at the right time, Plb.3.19.2; σ. τοῖς ἄκροις reach, them, Id.3.93.5, etc.;

    σ. εἰς Σελεύκειαν Id.5.66.4

    ;

    πρὸς τὴν παρεμβολήν Id.3.53.10

    , etc.
    2 τύχα ποδὸς ξυνάπτει (s.v.l., - πτοι Murray) μοι, i.e. I have come fortunately, E.Supp. 1014 (lyr.).
    3 Astrol., of a heavenly body, to be in conjunction ([etym.] συναφή) with another, Nech. ap. Vett.Val.280.2, Ptol.Tetr.52, PMag. Leid.W.24.15, Man.2.452, Paul.Al.H.1.
    C [voice] Med., unite for oneself and so form,

    φιλίαν D.S.13.32

    ;

    κῆδος D.C.41.57

    ; v.supr.A.11.2b.
    2 to be next to, connected with, τινι X. Oec.5.3.
    4 take part with one, assist, τινι E.Hel. 1444: abs., A.Pers. 742 (troch.); τινος in a thing, ib. 724 (troch.), S.Fr. 874.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συνάπτω

  • 46 συντελέω

    συντελέω fut. συντελέσω; 1 aor. συνετέλεσα LXX. Pass.: 1 fut. συντελεσθήσομαι; 1 aor. συνετελέσθην; pf. 2 pl. συντετέλεσθε Gen 44:5, 3 sg. συντετέλεσται LXX, ptc. συντετελεσμένος LXX, inf. συντετελέσθαι 2 Macc 3:32 (Thu.+).
    to complete someth. that has been in process, bring to an end, complete, finish, close τὶ someth. (Diod S 1, 3, 2; PGM 3, 90 [=RMerkelbach/MTotti, Abrasax ’90, p. 88 ln. 90]; Philo, Ebr. 53; Jos., Ant. 15, 269; Just., A I, 65, 3) Hs 8, 11, 1; 9, 7, 1; 9, 29, 4. πάντα πειρασμόν Lk 4:13. A teaching, a speech, λόγους Mt 7:28 v.l. τὰς ἐντολάς Hm 12, 3, 2. Abs., though the obj. is to be supplied fr. the context B 15:3f (Gen 2:2). Pass., of the building of a tower (cp. PSI 407, 2 [III B.C.] ἐπειδή σοι [=by you] τὰ ἔργα [s. ἔργον 3] συντετέλεσται; Berosus: 680 Fgm. 8 a, 140 Jac. [in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 140]) Hv 3, 4, 2; 3, 8, 9; Hs 9, 5, 2.
    to carry out or bring into being someth. that has been promised or expected, carry out, fulfill, accomplish τὶ someth. (Polyb. 4, 81, 3; Diod S 4, 53, 2 συντελέσαι τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν=keep one’s word; Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 1, 11 Jac. perform an act of expiation; Jos., Bell. 7, 392; Just., A I, 32, 6) τὰ προγεγραμμένα Hs 5, 3, 7 (v.l. γεγραμμένα). Of God λόγον carry out (his) word, bring (his) word to accomplishment (cp. Sb 717, 2, 25 [217 B.C.] εὐχαριστῶν τοῖς θεοῖς ἐπὶ τῷ συντελέσαι αὐτοὺς ἃ ἐπηγγείλαντο αὐτῷ; Polystrat. p. 10 τ. θεὸν συντελεῖν ταῦτα κατὰ βούλησιν; La 2:17; the magical ins fr. Ashmunên published by the Soc. Ital. per la Ricerca dei Papiri Greci in Egitto, in Omaggio for the conf. of classical philologists, April 1911, no. 5, 40 ναὶ κύριε βασιλεῦ χθονίων θεῶν συντέλεσον τὰ ἐγγεγραμμένα τῷ πεδάλῳ τούτῳ=Yes, Lord and King of the netherworld deities, bring to pass the things written on this leaf; PGM 3, 121; 57, 2) Ro 9:28 (Is 10:22). συντελέσω διαθήκην (Jer 41:8, 15) καινήν I will bring a new covenant to accomplishment Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31 διαθήσομαι), or simply I will establish a new covenant (ς.=‘make’ X., Cyr. 6, 1, 50; Demosth. 21, 22).—Perh. Mk 13:4 (s. 4 below), if it is to be translated when all this is to be accomplished (Diod S 2, 30, 1 everything is accomplished by a decision of the gods.—In 17, 1, 2 συντελεῖσθαι is simply ‘happen’). Cp. B 12:1 (prophetic saying of unknown origin). πρᾶξις συντελεῖται a course of action finds application Hm 4, 1, 11 (Diod S 26, 7 ἀσεβῆ συνετελέσατο πρᾶξιν=he perpetrated an impious deed).
    to exhaust the supply of someth., pass. w. act. sense give out συνετελέσθη ὁ οἶνος τοῦ γάμου J 2:3 v.l. (the act. = ‘blot out, destroy’ Jer 14:12; Ezk 7:15; TestLevi 5:4; corresp. the pass. Jer 14:15; 16:4; TestDan 6:4).
    to come to the end of a duration, come to an end, be over (Dt 34:8; Job 1:5; Tob 10:7) Lk 2:21 v.l.; 4:2; Ac 21:27; B 16:6 (quot. of uncertain origin). Perh. this is the place for ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα when all this (colloq.: when the time is when all this cp. vs. 2) is to come to an end Mk 13:4 (s. 2 above).—DELG s.v. τέλος. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > συντελέω

  • 47 ἐν

    ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.
    marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)
    of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.
    on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.
    within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.
    among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.
    before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).
    esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.
    marker of a state or condition, in
    of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.
    of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.
    marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.
    marker of close association within a limit, in
    fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.
    of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.
    esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.
    marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).
    it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’
    α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).
    β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.
    it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).
    marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).
    marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.
    marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.
    marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)
    gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.
    w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.
    marker of a period of time, in, while, when
    indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.
    point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.
    to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.
    marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.
    marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐν

  • 48 ὡς

    ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as
    a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, like
    corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.
    special uses
    α. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.
    β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).
    γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).
    δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.
    a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.
    ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.
    The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.
    Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.
    α. a substantive
    א. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.
    ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.
    β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.
    other noteworthy uses
    α. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).
    β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).
    γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.
    marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, as
    w. focus on quality, circumstance, or role
    α. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.
    β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).
    γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.
    w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and nowLk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.
    w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).
    conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.
    marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.
    w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.
    a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.
    temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).
    w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.
    w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11. Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.
    ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.
    α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.
    β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.
    w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).
    a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order to
    w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).
    w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).
    used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὡς

  • 49 εἶμι

    A ibo), [ per.] 2sg.

    εἶ S. Tr.83

    , Ar.Av. 990, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.

    εἶς Hes.Op. 208

    ,

    εἶσθα Il. 10.450

    , Od.19.69; [ per.] 3sg. εἶσι; pl. ἴμεν, ἴτε, ἴᾱσι: imper. ἴθι (also εἶ in the compd.

    ἔξει Ar.Nu. 633

    acc. to Sch., but prob. indic.), [ per.] 3pl.

    ἴτωσαν E.IT 1480

    , Pl.Lg. 765a, also

    ἴτων A.Eu.32

    ,

    ἰόντων Th.4.118

    , etc.: subj. ἴω (

    εἴω Sophr.48

    ); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.

    ἴῃσθα Il.10.67

    ; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.

    ἴῃσι 9.701

    ; [dialect] Ep. pl. ἴομεν (for - ωμεν) 2.440: opt. ἴοιμι, οις, οι, 14.21, etc.;

    ἰοίην Sapph.159

    , IG4.760 ([place name] Troezen), X.Smp.4.16, ([etym.] διεξ-) Isoc.5.98; [dialect] Ep.

    ἰείη Il.19.209

    , cf.

    περι-ιεῖεν IG22.1126.18

    (Amphict. Delph.),

    εἴη Il.24.139

    , Od.14.496,

    εἴηι GDI4986.7

    ([place name] Crete): inf. ἰέναι, [dialect] Ep. ἴμεναι (ι in Il.20.365 ) or ἴμεν, also

    ἰέμεν Archyt.

    ap. Stob.3.1.106 (dub. l.), ἴναι [pron. full] [ῐ] Orac. ap. Str.9.2.23, (ἐξ-) Machoap.Ath.13.580c, cf. EM467.18 ( προς-εῖναι dub. in Hes. Op. 353): part. ἰών, ἰοῦσα, ἰόν: [tense] impf. ᾔειν, ᾔεις (

    δι-ῄεισθα Pl.Ti. 26c

    ,

    ἐπεξ-ῄεισθα Euthphr.4b

    ), ᾔει or - ειν Id.Ti. 38c, Criti. 117e; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἤϊα, [ per.] 3sg. ἤϊε ([etym.] - εν), [var] contr.

    ᾖε Od.18.257

    ; dual

    ᾔτην Pl.Euthd. 294d

    ; 1 and [ per.] 2pl., ᾖμεν, ᾖτε; [ per.] 3pl., [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἤϊσαν, [dialect] Ep. also ἴσαν, [dialect] Att. ᾖσαν ([etym.] μετ-) Ar.Eq. 605, cf. Fr. 161, ([etym.] ἐπ-) Od.19.445, later ᾔεσαν ([etym.] εἰς-) Arist.Ath.32.1, etc.; also [ per.] 3sg.

    ἴε Il.2.872

    , al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl.

    ᾔομεν Od.10.251

    , al., [ per.] 3 dual

    ἴτην Il.1.347

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἤϊον Od.23.370

    :—[voice] Med. [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. ἴεμαι, ἰέμην are mere mistakes for ἵεμαι, ἱέμην (from ἵημι), cf. S.OT 1242, E.Supp. 698:—for [tense] fut. εἴσομαι and [tense] aor. [voice] Med. εἰσάμην, in [ per.] 3sg. εἴσατο, ἐείσατο, [ per.] 3 dual ἐεισάσθην, v. εἴσομαι 11.—The ind. εἶμι usu. has [tense] pres. sense in Hom. ([tense] fut., Il.1.426, 18.280), but in [dialect] Ion. Prose and [dialect] Att. it serves as [tense] fut. to ἔρχομαι (q. v.), I shall go, shall come: the [tense] pres. sense is sts. found in Poetry, prov. αὐτόματοι δ' ἀγαθοὶ ἀγαθῶν ἐπὶ δαῖτας ἴασι (cf. Pl.Smp. 174b), cf. Theoc.25.90, also in compds. ( προς-) A.Eu. 242, (ἐπ-) Th.4.61, ( συν-) Str.3.2.2. [[pron. full] - in all tenses, exc. in [dialect] Ep. Subj. ἴομεν for ἴωμεν at the beginning of a verse]:— come or go, the special senses being given by the context, οἴκαδ' ἴμεν go home, Il.17.155;

    τάχ' εἶσθα θύραζε Od.19.69

    , etc.; come,

    οὐδέ μιν οἴω νῦν ἰέναι Il.17.710

    , etc.; go, depart, Od.2.367;

    ὑπὸ τεῖχος ἰόντας Il.12.264

    .
    II c.acc.,
    1 c. acc. loci, go to or into, Od.1.176, 18.194, S.OT 637.
    2 c. acc. cogn., ὁδὸν ἰέναι go a road, Od.10.103; so τὴν ὀρεινήν (sc. ὁδόν) X.Cyr. 2.4.22: metaph.,

    ἄδικον ὁδὸν ἰέναι Th.3.64

    .
    3 go through or over, τὸ μέσον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, of the sun, Hdt.2.25, cf. 26: in Hom., freq. c. gen., ἰὼν πεδίοιο going across the plain, Il.5.597.
    III c. inf. [tense] aor.,

    ἀλλά τις εἴη εἰπεῖν Ἀτρεΐδῃ Od.14.496

    .—On the Homeric βῆ δ' ἴμεν, etc., v. βαίνω.
    2 c. part. [tense] fut., Ἑλένην καλέουσ' ἴε went to call her, Il.3.383, cf. 14.200, Od.15.213; ἤϊα λέξων I was going to tell, Hdt.4.82;

    ἴτω θύσων Pl.Lg. 909d

    ;

    εἴ τις ἱστορίαν γράψων ἴῃ Luc. Hist.Conscr.39

    .
    IV also of other motions besides walking or running, as of going in a ship, esp.

    ἐπὶ νηὸς ἰέναι Od.2.332

    , etc.; of the flight of bees, Il.2.87.
    2 of the motion of things, [πέλεκυς] εἶσιν διὰ δουρός the axe goes through the beam, 3.61; of clouds or vapour, 4.278; of the stars, 22.317; of time, ἔτος εἶσι the year will pass, Od. 2.89; φάτις εἶσι the report goes, 23.362;

    χρόνος.. ἰὼν πόρσω Pi.O.10

    (11).55; ἴτω κλαγγά, βοά, S.Tr. 208 (lyr.), Ar.Av. 857 (lyr.);

    ἡ μοῖρ' ὅποιπερ εἶσ' ἴτω S.OT 1458

    , cf.Pl.Ap. 19a.
    V metaph. usages, ἰέναι ἐς λόγους τινί to enter on a conference with.., Th.3.80, etc.; ἰέναι ἐς τοὺς πολέμους, ἐς τὴν ξυμμαχίαν, Id.1.78, 5.30; ἰέναι ἐς χεῖρας to come to blows, Id.2.3, 81; ἰέναι ἐς τὰ παραγγελλόμενα to obey orders, Id.1.121;

    διὰ δίκης ἰὼν πατρί S.Ant. 742

    ; ἰέναι διὰ μάχης, διὰ φιλίας, etc., v. διά A.IV.b.
    VI imper. ἴθι (with or without δή) come now! mostly folld. by [ per.] 2sg. imper.,

    ἴ. ἐξήγεο Hdt.3.72

    ; ἴθ' ἐγκόνει, ἴθ' ἐκκάλυψον, S.Aj. 988, 1003;

    ἴ. πέραινε Ar.Ra. 1170

    ; in full, ἴ. καὶ πειρῶ go and try, Hdt.8.57: with [ per.] 1pl.,

    ἴ. οὖν ἐπισκεψώμεθα X.Mem.1.6.4

    , cf. Pl. Prt. 332d;

    ἴτε δὴ ἀκούσωμεν Id.Lg. 797d

    : [ per.] 2 dual,

    ἴθι δὴ παρίστασθον Ar.Ra. 1378

    : also [ per.] 2pl.,

    ἴτε νεύσατε S.OC 248

    , cf. OT 1413.
    2 ἴτω let it pass, well then, Id.Ph. 120, E.Med. 798.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἶμι

  • 50 καταντάω

    καταντάω 1 aor. κατήντησα; pf. κατήντηκα 1 Cor 10:11 (ἀντάω ‘come opposite to, meet’; Aristot., Polyb., Diod S; ins, pap, LXX; En 17:6; TestSol 1:12 D; Jos., Ant. 3, 246)
    to get to a geographical destination, come (to), arrive (at), reach, w. εἰς and acc. of place (Aristot., Dialog. Fgm. 11 Rose εἰς τοὺς λιμένας; Diod S 3, 34, 7; 12, 55, 5; PTebt 59, 3 [99 B.C.] εἰς τ. πόλιν Σοκονώφεως; InsPriene 112, 97 [I B.C.]; 2 Macc 4:21, 44) εἰς Ἰκόνιον Ac 13:51 D. εἰς Δέρβην 16:1. Cp. 18:19, 24; 21:7; 25:13 (w. ἀσπάζω; cp. ἀπήντησεν αὐτῷ κ. ἠσπάσατο Plut., Mor. 488e); 27:12; 28:13. ἄντικρυς Χίου off Chios 20:15.
    to reach a condition or goal, fig. extension of 1 arrive at, attain, meet (cp. κατάντημα Ps 18:7)
    arrive at someth., so that one comes to possess it, attain (to) someth. μέχρι καταντήσωμεν εἰς τ. ἑνότητα τ. πίστεως Eph 4:13 (εἰς as Polyb. 6, 9, 10; BGU 1101, 5 εἰς τ. αὐτὸν βίον). W. εἴς τι also Ac 26:7; Phil 3:11; εἰς πέπειρον κ. come to ripeness 1 Cl 23:4. ἕως θανάτου καταντῆσαι meet death Pol 1:2. W. ἐπί τι (Epicurus p. 63, 3 Us.; Diod S 1, 79, 2; Ammon., In Int. [Aristot.] p. 264, 22 B. κ. ἐπὶ τὸ ἔσχατον) ἐπὶ τὸν σκοπὸν κ. arrive at the goal, reach the goal 1 Cl 63:1. Likew. ἐπὶ τὸν βέβαιον δρόμον κ. 6:2.
    The person does not come to someth., but someth. comes to the person (κ. εἰς as t.t. for the inheritance that comes to an heir: BGU 1169, 21 [10 B.C.]; POxy 75, 5; 248, 11; 274, 19. Cp. 2 Km 3:29). Of the word of God: ἢ εἰς ὑμᾶς μόνους κατήντησεν; or has it come to you alone? 1 Cor 14:36. On εἰς οὓς τὰ τέλη τ. αἰώνων κατήντηκεν 10:11 s. αἰών 2b end.—DELG s.v. ἄντα. M-M. TW. Spicq.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καταντάω

  • 51 ἵστημι

    ἵστημι (Hom.+, ins, pap [Mayser 353]; LXX [Thackeray 247f]; pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., apolog. exc. Ar.) and also ἱστάνω (since I B.C. SIG 1104, 26 ἱστανόμενος; pap [Mayser, loc. cit., with ἀνθιστάνω documented here as early as III B.C.]; Epict. 3, 12, 2; LXX [Ezk 17:14; Thackeray, loc. cit.]; later wr. in Psaltes 236) Ro 3:31; Hs 8, 1, 10 (s. Whittaker on 8, 1, 8; s. B-D-F §93; Mlt-H. 202). Fut. στήσω; 1 aor. ἔστησα; 2 aor. ἔστην, impv. στῆθι, inf. στῆναι, ptc. στάς; pf. ἕστηκα ( I stand), ptc. ἑστηκώς, ός and ἑστώς En 12:3; JosAs 7:2; J 12:29,-ῶσα J 8:9 v.l., neut. ἑστώς Rv 14:1 v.l. (s. B-D-F §96; W-S. §14, 5; Mlt-H. 222) and ἑστός, inf. always ἑστάναι; plpf. εἱστήκειν ( I stood) or ἱστήκειν GPt 2:3, third pl. εἱστήκεισαν Mt 12:46; J 18:18; Ac 9:7; Rv 7:11 (W-H. spell it ἱστ. everywhere); ἑστάκαμεν w. act. mng. 1 Macc 11:34; fut. mid. στήσομαι Rv 18:15. Pass.: 1 fut. σταθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐστάθην (PEg2 65). S. στήκω. Trans.: A. Intr.: B, C, D.
    A. trans. (pres., impf., fut., 1 aor. act.; s. B-D-F §97, 1; Mlt-H. 241) gener. ‘put, place, set’.
    to cause to be in a place or position, set, place, bring, allow to come τινά someone, lit. ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ Ac 5:27. εἰς αὐτούς before them 22:30. ἐκ δεξιῶν τινος at someone’s right (hand) Mt 25:33. ἐν μέσῳ in the midst, among 18:2; Mk 9:36; J 8:3. ἐνώπιόν τινος before someone Ac 6:6. Also κατενώπιόν τινος Jd 24. ἐπί τι upon someth. Mt 4:5; Lk 4:9. παρά τινι beside someone 9:47.
    to propose someone for an obligation, put forward, propose, lit. (e.g. Just., A I, 60, 3 Μωυσέα … τύπον σταυροῦ … στῆσαι ἐπὶ τῇ ἁγίᾳ σκηνῇ) τινά for a certain purpose: the candidates for election to the apostleship Ac 1:23. μάρτυρας ψευδεῖς 6:13 (cp. Mel., P. 93, 700 ψευδομάρτυρες).
    to set up or put into force, establish, fig. ext. of 1 (cp. Gen 26:3 τὸν ὅρκον; Ex 6:4) τὴν ἰδίαν δικαιοσύνην Ro 10:3. τὸ δεύτερον (opp. ἀναιρεῖν τὸ πρῶτον, a ref. to sacrificial system) Hb 10:9.—Of legal enforcement κύριε, μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τ. ἁμαρτίαν Lord, do not hold this sin against them Ac 7:60 (contrast ἀφίημι 1 Macc 13:38f; 15:5; Stephen’s expression=ἄφες Lk 23:34; s. Beginn. IV, ad loc.).
    to validate someth. that is in force or in practice, reinforce validity of, uphold, maintain, validate τὶ someth. fig. ext. of 1 (1 Macc 2:27 τὴν διαθήκην) τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν validate or maintain your own tradition Mk 7:9. νόμον ἱστάνομεν we uphold (the) law Ro 3:31 (s. καταργέω 2).
    to cause to be steadfast, make someone stand δυνατεῖ ὁ κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν Ro 14:4.
    set/fix a time a period of time ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 3a) Ac 17:31.
    determine a monetary amount οἱ δὲ ἔστησαν αὐτῷ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια Mt 26:15 (=Zech 11:12 ἔστησαν τὸν μισθόν μου τριάκοντα ἀργύρους), presents a special problem for interpreters because of the author’s theological and narrative interests, which prompt him to connect an allusion here to Zech 11:12 in anticipation of a fulfillment statement at Mt 27:9f, which in haggadic fashion draws on Zech 11:13 in the longer form of the Mt and Jer 32 (Mt 39):7–9 (s. JDoeve, Jewish Hermeneutics in the Synoptic Gospels and Acts, ’54, 185–87). Jer 39:9 and Zech 11:12 use the verb ἱ. in the sense weigh out on scales (Hom.; X., Cyr. 8, 2, 21, Mem. 1, 1, 9 al.; GDI p. 870, n49 A [Ephesus VI B.C.] 40 minas ἐστάθησαν; Is 46:6; Jer 39:9; 2 Esdr 8:25), and some (e.g. BWeiss, HHoltzmann, JWeiss; FSchulthess, ZNW 21, 1922, 227f; Field, Notes 19f) interpret Mt 26:15 in this sense. Of course Mt’s readers would know that coinage of their time was not ‘weighed out’ and would understand ἱ. in the sense of striking a bargain (ἵστημι=set a price, make an offer, close a bargain: Herodas 7, 68 pair of shoes; BGU 1116, 8 [I B.C.]; 912, 25 [I A.D.]; PRainer 206, 10 [II A.D.] κεφάλαιον), they set out (=offered, allowed) for him (=paid him) 30 silver coins (Wlh., OHoltzmann, Schniewind), but the more sophisticated among them would readily recognize the obsolete mng. Ac 7:60 is sometimes interpreted in a related sense, but the absence of a direct object of amount paid suggests that the pass. is better placed in 3 above.
    B. intr., aor. and fut. forms
    to desist from movement and be in a stationary position, stand still, stop (Hom., Aristot.; Philostrat., Ep. 36, 2 ὁ ποταμὸς στήσεται; TestSol 7:3 οὕτως ἔστη ἡ αὔρα) Lk 24:17. στὰς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐφώνησεν αὐτούς Mt 20:32.—Mk 10:49; Lk 7:14; 17:12; 18:40. στῆναι τὸ ἅρμα Ac 8:38. ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἔστησαν Rv 18:17; cp. vs. 15. ἔστησαν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τοῦ σπηλαίου GJs 19:2. ἔστη ἐπὶ τόπου πεδινοῦ he took his stand on a level place Lk 6:17. Of a star ἐστάθη ἐπάνω οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον Mt 2:9; also ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου GJs 21:3. Of a flow of blood come to an end ἔστη ἡ ῥύσις τ. αἵματος Lk 8:44 (cp. Ex 4:25 [though HKosmala, Vetus Test. 12, ’62, 28 renders it as an emphatic εἶναι] Heraclid. Pont., Fgm. 49 W.; POxy 1088, 21 [I A.D.]; Cyranides p. 117 note γυναικὶ … αἷμα ἵστημι παραχρῆμα). στῆθι stand Js 2:3. ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ἔστη ἄνω his hand remained (motionless) upraised GJs 18:3 (not pap).
    to come up in the presence of others, come up, stand, appear ἔμπροσθέν τινος before someone Mt 27:11; Lk 21:36. Also ἐνώπιόν τινος Ac 10:30; GJs 11:2 (κατενώπιον TestSol 22:13; Just., D. 127, 3) or ἐπί τινος: σταθήσεσθε you will have to appear Mt 10:18 v.l.; Mk 13:9; ἐπί τοῦ παλατίου AcPl Ha 9, 20. στῆθι εἰς τὸ μέσον Lk 6:8; cp. vs. 8b; J 20:19, 26 (Vi. Aesopi I c. 6 p. 243, 15 Αἴσωπος στὰς εἰς τὸ μέσον ἀνέκραξεν). Also ἐν μέσῳ Lk 24:36; Ac 17:22; Ox 1 verso, 11 (s. Unknown Sayings, 69–71). ἔστη εἰς τὸ κριτήριον she stood before the court GJs 15:2. Cp. J 21:4; Rv 12:18; Lk 7:38. Step up or stand to say someth. or make a speech Lk 18:11. Cp. 19:8; Ac 2:14; 5:20; 11:13 al. ἔστησαν … προσδοκῶντες τὸν Ζαχαρίαν they stood waiting for Z. GJs 24:1. Pract. in the sense of the pf. δυνάμενοι … ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ στῆναι (the cult images) which could not remain standing AcPl Ha 1, 20 (cp. ἵστατο δένδρον κυπάρισσος TestAbr A 3 p. 79, 17 [Stone p. 6]; ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ ἱστάμεθα GrBar 6:13).
    to stand up against, resist, w. πρὸς and acc. offer resistance (Thu. 5, 104) Eph 6:11; abs. resist (Ex 14:13) vs. 13. (Cp. the term στάσις in the sense of ‘rebellion’.)
    stand firm so as to remain stable, stand firm, hold one’s ground (Ps 35:13) in battle (X., An. 1, 10, 1) Eph 6:14. σταθήσεται will stand firm Ro 14:4a. τίς δύναται σταθῆναι; Rv 6:17. εἰς ἣν στῆτε stand fast in it (Goodsp., Probs. 198) 1 Pt:12. Of house, city, or kingdom Mt 12:25f; Mk 3:24f; Lk 11:18. Cp. Mk 3:26. The OT expr. (Dt 19:15) ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1.
    come to a standing position, stand up ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας on one’s feet (Ezk 2:1) Ac 26:16; Rv 11:11. Abs. Ac 3:8.
    C. intr., perf. and plupf.
    to be in a standing position, I stand, I stood of bodily position, e.g. of a speaker J 7:37; Ac 5:25, of hearers J 12:29 or spectators Mt 27:47; Lk 23:35; Ac 1:11, of accusers Lk 23:10. Cp. J 18:5, 16, 18ab, 25; 19:25; Ac 16:9 al.
    to be at a place, stand (there), be (there), w. the emphasis less on ‘standing’ than on ‘being, existing’.
    position indicated by adv. of place ἔξω Mt 12:46f; Lk 8:20; 13:25. μακρόθεν Lk 18:13. ἀπὸ μακρόθεν at a distance 23:49; Rv 18:10. ἐκεῖ Mk 11:5. ὅπου 13:14. ὧδε Mt 16:28; 20:6b. αὐτοῦ Lk 9:27; ἀπέναντι AcPl Ha 3, 30.
    w. place indicated by a prep. ἐκ δεξιῶν τινος at the right (hand) of someone or someth. Lk 1:11; Ac 7:55f (HOwen, NTS 1, ’54/55, 224–26). ἐν αὐτοῖς among them Ac 24:21; w. ἐν and dat. of place Mt 20:3; 24:15; J 11:56; Rv 19:17. ἐν μέσῳ J 8:9 v.l. μέσος ὑμῶν 1:26 (v.l. στήκει). ἐπί w. gen. (X., Cyr. 3, 3, 66; Apollodorus [II B.C.]: 244 Fgm. 209 Jac. ἐπὶ τ. θύρας) Ac 5:23; 21:40; 24:20; 25:10; Rv 10:5, 8; AcPl Ha 7, 37; w. dat. Ac 7:33; w. acc. Mt 13:2; Rv 3:20; 7:1; 14:1; 15:2; GJs 5:2 (ἕστηκας codd., ἔστης pap). παρά w. acc. of place Lk 5:1f. πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης J 6:22. πρό w. gen. of place Ac 12:14. πρός w. dat. of place J 20:11. σύν τινι Ac 4:14. μετά τινος AcPl Ha 11, 3. κύκλῳ τινός around someth. Rv 7:11. W. ἐνώπιον (functioning as prep.) ἐνώπιόν τινος Rv 7:9; 11:4; 12:4; 20:12.
    abs. (Epict. 4, 1, 88 ἑστῶσα of the citadel, simply standing there; Tat. 26, 2 παρατρέχοντας μὲν ὑμᾶς, ἑστῶτα δὲ τὸν αἰῶνα) Mt 26:73; J 1:35; 3:29; 20:14; Ac 22:25. τὰ πρόβατα εἱστήκει the sheep stood still GJs 18:2 (not pap). The verb standing alone in the sense stand around idle (Eur., Iph. Aul. 861; Aristoph., Av. 206, Eccl. 852; Herodas 4, 44) Mt 20:6a. ἀργός can be added (Aristoph., Eccl. 879f, Pax 256 ἕστηκας ἀργός) vs. 6a v.l., 6b (w. the question cp. Eubulus Com., Fgm. 15, 1 K. τί ἕστηκας ἐν πύλαις; Herodas 5, 40). W. modifying words (Pla., Phdr. 275d ἕστηκε ὡς ζῶντα τὰ ἔκγονα) εἱστήκεισαν ἐνεοί they stood there speechless Ac 9:7. ὡς ἐσφαγμένον Rv 5:6. cp. Ac 26:6. εἱστήκει ἀπεκδεχόμενος AcPl Ant 13, 22 (=Aa I, 237, 5).
    to stand in attendance on someone, attend upon, be the servant of Rv 8:2 (RCharles, Rv ICC vol. 1, p. 225).
    stand firm in belief, stand firm of personal commitment in gener. (opp. πεσεῖν), fig. ext. of 1, 1 Cor 10:12; 2 Cl 2:6. τ. πίστει ἕστηκας you stand firm because of your faith Ro 11:20; cp. 2 Cor 1:24. ὸ̔ς ἕστηκεν ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἑδραῖος one who stands firm in his heart 1 Cor 7:37. ὁ θεμέλιος ἕστηκεν the foundation stands (unshaken) 2 Ti 2:19 (Stob. 4, 41, 60 [vol. V, p. 945]: Apelles, when he was asked why he represented Tyche [Fortune] in a sitting position, answered οὐχ ἕστηκεν γάρ=because she can’t stand, i.e. has no stability; Hierocles 11, 441 ἑστῶτος τοῦ νόμου=since the law stands firm [unchanged]; Procop. Soph., Ep. 47 μηδὲν ἑστηκὸς κ. ἀκίνητον; 75).
    to be in a condition or state, stand or be in someth., fig. ext. of 1; grace (Hierocles 12, 446 ἐν ἀρετῇ) Ro 5:2; within the scope of the gospel 1 Cor 15:1; in truth J 8:44.
    D. intr., pres. mid. to have a beginning, begin, calendaric expression (as old as Hom.) μὴν ἱστάμενος the month just beginning (oft. ins) MPol 21—B. 835. DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἵστημι

  • 52 εἰ

    εἰ, [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. and Arc. (for εἰκ, v. infr. 11 ad init.), = [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. αἰ, αἰκ (q. v.), Cypr.
    A

    Inscr.Cypr.135.10

    H., both εἰ and αἰ in [dialect] Ep.:— Particle used interjectionally with imper. and to express a wish, but usu. either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μή; in the latter, οὐ.
    A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Hom., come now! c. imper.,

    εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Il.9.262

    ; εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ φευγόντων ib.46; most freq. with ἄγε (q. v.), 1.302, al.
    2 in wishes, c. opt.,

    ἀλλ' εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν 10.111

    , cf. 24.74; so later,

    εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα S.OT 863

    (lyr.);

    εἴ μοι γένοιτο φθόγγος ἐν βραχίοσιν E.Hec. 836

    : more freq. folld. by

    γάρ, αἲ γὰρ δὴ οὕτως εἴη Il.4.189

    , al.;

    εἰ γὰρ γενοίμην ἀντὶ σοῦ νεκρός E.Hipp. 1410

    ;

    εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο X.Cyr.6.1.38

    ;

    εἰ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ εἴη Pl.Prt. 310d

    ; of unattained wishes, in Hom. only c. opt.,

    εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼν.. Διὸς πάϊς αἰγιόχοιο εἴην Il.13.825

    ;

    Ζεῦ πάτερ, αἰ γὰρ ἐμὸς πόσις εἴη Alcm.29

    ; later with past tenses of ind.,

    εἰ γάρ μ' ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν A.Pr. 152

    (anap.); εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε .. E.Alc. 1072: twice in Od. c. inf. (cf. the use of inf. in commands),

    αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι 7.311

    , cf. 24.376.
    b εἴθε, [dialect] Ep. αἴθε, is freq. used in wishes in the above constructions,

    εἴθε οἱ αὐτῷ Ζεὺς ἀγαθὸν τελέσειεν 2.33

    ;

    εἴθ' ὣς ἡβώοιμι Il.7.157

    ;

    ἰὼ γᾶ, εἴθ' ἔμ' ἐδέξω A.Ag. 1537

    (lyr.);

    εἴθε σοι, ὦ Περίκλεις, τότε συνεγενόμην X.Mem.1.2.46

    : later c. inf.,

    γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι AP9.284

    (Crin.).
    c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον ([dialect] Ep. ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes,

    αἴθ' ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Il.14.84

    ; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Pl.R. 432c.
    d folld. by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης .. Od. 15.536, cf. 17.496, al.; sts. hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use),

    εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28

    .
    B IN CONDITIONS, if:
    I with INDIC.,
    1 with all tenses (for [tense] fut., v. infr. 2), to state a condition, with nothing implied as to its fulfilment, εἰ δ' οὕτω τοῦτ' ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι but if this is so, it will be.., Il.1.564: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi,

    εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί E.Fr.292.7

    ;

    εἰ δοκεῖ, πλέωμεν S.Ph. 526

    ;

    εἰ Φαῖδρον ἀγνοῶ, καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπιλέλησμαι Pl.Phdr. 228a

    ;

    κάκιστ' ἀπολοίμην, Ξανθίαν εἰ μὴ φιλῶ Ar.Ra. 579

    , cf. Od.17.475;

    εἰ θεοῦ ἦν, οὐκ ἦν αἰσχροκερδής· εἰ δ' αἰσχροκερδής, οὐκ ἦν θεοῦ Pl.R. 408c

    ;

    εἰ ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ' ἂν εἴη βλαβερά Id.Ap. 30b

    , cf. 25b; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Th.3.40.
    b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sts. with [tense] pres.,

    εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν S.Tr. 943

    : with [tense] impf.,

    εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Th.7.10

    : rarely with [tense] aor., D.S.31.26.1, S.E.P.1.84; cf. 111.2.
    2 with [tense] fut. (much less freq. than ἐάν c. subj.), either to express a future supposition emphatically,

    εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται X.Cyr.7.1.19

    ;

    εἰ μὴ βοηθήσετε οὐ περιέσται τἀκεῖ Th.6.91

    ; εἰ αὕτη ἡ πόλις ληφθήσεται, ἔχεται ἡ πᾶσα Σικελία ibid.; in threats or warnings,

    εἰ μὴ καθέξεις γλῶσσαν ἔσται σοι κακά E.Fr.5

    ;

    εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ Pl.Ap. 28c

    , cf. D.28.21: or,
    b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Ar.Av. 759;

    ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἀνήρ.. εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατεὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη S.Ant. 485

    , cf. Il.1.61, E.Hec. 863.
    3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled.
    a with [tense] impf., referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Hom. always the latter, Il.24.715, al.): ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐδύναντο ποιεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαίτῃ μετρίᾳ ἐχρῶντο they would not be able to do this (as they do), if they did not live an abstemious life, X.Cyr.1.2.16, cf. Pl.R. 489b; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he ([place name] Agamemnon) would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Th.1.9;

    αἰ δ' ἦχες ἔσλων ἴμερον ἢ κάλων.. αἴδως κεν.. ἦχεν Sapph.28

    ; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Pl.Grg. 516e, cf. X.Mem.1.1.5; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Il.8.366.
    b with [tense] aor. referring to past time,

    εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Xenoph.38

    ; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., X.An.2.1.4;

    καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἀπέθανον, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀρχὴ διὰ ταχέων κατελύθη Pl.Ap. 32d

    , cf. Il.5.680, Od.4.364, D.4.5, 27.63: with [tense] plpf. in apodosi,

    εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Pl. Ap. 36a

    .
    c rarely with [tense] plpf. referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ' ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Isoc.5.56, cf. Pl.Ti. 21c.
    II with SUBJ., εἰ is regularly joined with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε, κεν), cf. ἐάν: Arc. εἰκαν in Tegean Inscrr. of iv B. C. (IG5(2).3.16, 31, 6.2, SIG306.34) should be understood as εἰκ ἄν (εἰ: εἰκ = οὐ: οὐκ), since εἰ δ' ἄν is also found in IG5(2).3.2, 6.45, and εἰκ alone, ib.3.21; but ἄν ([etym.] κε, κεν) are freq. absent in Hom. as Od.5.221, 14.373 (and cf. infr. 2), and Lyr., Pi. (who never uses εἰ with ἄν or κε ([etym.] ν)) P.4.266, al.; in dialects,

    αἰ δείλητ' ἀγχωρεῖν IG9(1).334.6

    ([dialect] Locr., v B. C.), cf. Foed.[dialect] Dor. ap. Th.5.79; rarely in Hdt.,

    εἰ μὴ ἀναβῇ 2.13

    ; occasionally in Trag., A.Eu. 234, S.OT 198 (lyr.), etc.; very rarely in [dialect] Att. Prose,

    εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Th.6.21

    ;

    εἴ τι που ἄλσος ἢ τέμενος ἀφειμένον ᾖ Pl.Lg. 761c

    : in later Prose,

    εἴ τις θελήσῃ Apoc.11.5

    ;

    εἰ φονεύῃ Plot.2.9.9

    , cf. Procl. Inst.26.
    1 when the apodosis is [tense] fut., to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ c. opt., but less so than εἰ c. [tense] fut. ind. (supr. 1.2a); εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' .. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Il.2.364, cf. 1.128, 3.281, Od.17.549;

    ἂν δέ τις ἀνθιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι X. An.7.3.11

    ; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ' ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, D.4.50, cf. X.Cyr. 5.3.27: folld. by imper., ἢν εἰρήνης δοκῆτε δεῖσθαι, ἄνευ ὅπλων ἥκετε ib.3.2.13, cf. 5.4.30.
    2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (sc. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Il.1.166; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, E.Alc. 671; with ἄν omitted,

    εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Il.1.81

    .
    b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Pl.R. 473d.
    III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν c. opt., Dam.Pr. 114, al.),
    1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν c. subj., usu. with opt. with ἄν in apod., ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Il.1.255, cf. 7.28, Od.3.223;

    εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς A.Pr. 979

    ;

    οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν με ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας X.An.7.7.11

    ;

    οἶκος δ' αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, σαφέστατ' ἂν λέξειεν A.Ag.37

    , etc.: [tense] fut. opt. is f.l. in Pl.Tht. 164a: with [tense] pres. ind. in apod., Xenoph.34.3, Democr.253: with [tense] fut.ind., Meliss.5.
    b in Hom.sts. with [tense] pres. opt., to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Il.23.274: rarely in Trag., εἰ μὴ κνίζοι ( = εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568; also

    εἰ ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ἀδικεῖν ἢ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἑλοίμην ἂν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι Pl.Grg. 469c

    .
    2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subj. in present time, supr. 11.2); once in Hom.,

    εἴ τίς με.. ἐνίπτοι, ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν γ'.. κατέρυκες Il.24.768

    ; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see ( whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, X.Cyr.5.3.55, cf. An.4.5.13, Mem.4.2.40; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Th. 8.66;

    ἀλλ' εἴ τι μὴ φέροιμεν, ὤτρυνεν φέρειν E.Alc. 755

    . For εἰ c. ind. in this sense v. supr. 1.1: ind. and opt. are found in same sentence,

    ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ' εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο X.Ages.11.3

    .
    3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν c. subj. or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the ind. in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) X.HG6.4.6, cf. D.21.104, X.HG5.2.2; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι) ib.32, cf. An.6.6.25; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίψ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Id.Cyr.3.1.3; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), D.18.145;

    ἐβούλοντο γὰρ σφίσιν, εἴ τινα λάβοιεν, ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον, ἢν ἄρα τύχωσί τινες ἐζωγρημένοι Th.2.5

    .
    4 c. opt. with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis, cf. Pl.Prt. 329b, D.4.18, X.Mem.1.5.3 (v.

    ἄν A. 111

    . d).
    IV c. INF., in oratio obliqua, only in Hdt.,

    εἰ γὰρ δὴ δεῖν πάντως περιθεῖναι ἄλλῳ τέῳ τὴν βασιληΐην, [ἔφη] δικαιότερον εἶναι κτλ. 1.129

    ;

    εἰ εἶναι τοῦτο μὴ φίλον 2.64

    , cf. 172, 3.105, 108.
    V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ c. ind. is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ' ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ' ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν .. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., D.4.43;

    οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ εἰ μὴ δίκην δέδωκεν, ἀλλ' εἰ μὴ καὶ χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ στεφανωθήσεται ἀγανακτεῖ Aeschin.3.147

    : after past tenses,

    ἐθαύμασε δ' εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν X.Mem.1.1.13

    ;

    δεινὸν εἰσῄει, εἰ μὴ.. δόξει D.19.33

    ;

    ἐθαύμαζον εἴ τι ἕξει τις χρήσασθαι τῷ λόγῳ Pl.Phd. 95a

    ;

    οὐδὲ ᾐσχύνθη εἰ.. ἐπάγει D.21.105

    : in oratio obliqua (expressed or implied) c. opt., ἐπεῖπεν ὡς δεινὸν (sc. εἴη)

    εἰ.. μεγαλόψυχος γένοιτο Aeschin.2.157

    ;

    ᾤκτιρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο X.An.1.4.7

    ; ἐθαύμαζε δ' εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Id.Mem.1.2.7; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Pl.R. 450a:—in this use the neg. οὐ is also found,

    ἀγανακτῶ εἰ ὁ Φίλιππος ἁρπάζων οὐ λυπεῖ D.8.55

    ;

    δεινὸν ἂν εἴη εἰ οἱ ἐκείνων ξύμμαχοι οὐκ ἀπεροῦσιν Th.1.121

    ;

    τέρας λέγεις, εἰ οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο λαθεῖν Pl.Men. 91d

    , etc.
    VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ' ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Il.3.180, al.;

    εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει 4.321

    ; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Hdt.5.97, cf. 1.60,al.
    VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS:
    1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Th.6.100; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ' ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Ar.Av. 120; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Il.1.408, cf. 66, Od.1.94, 3.92; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Pl.R. 358b; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, ib. 434a.
    2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Il.1.580; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, 1.135, cf. 6.150, Ar.Pl. 468; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή .. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Th.3.3, cf. Pl.Prt. 325d.
    3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions:
    a εἰ μή except,

    οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Hdt. 1.200

    ; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ' [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Ar.Th. 898; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only,

    ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73

    , cf. 1.45, 2.20;

    εἰ μὴ εἰ Th.1.17

    , Pl.Grg. 480b, etc.; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Id.Men. 86e; ironical,

    εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλεια διαφθορά ἐστιν X.Mem.1.2.8

    ;

    εἰ μή πέρ γε τὸν ὑοσκύαμον χρήματα εἶναι φήσομεν Id.Oec.1.13

    .
    b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise,

    προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Hdt.6.37

    , cf. 56; after μάλιστα μέν, Th.1.32,35, etc.:—after a preceding neg., μὴ τύπτ'· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ' αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Ar.Nu. 1433;

    ὦ Κῦρε, μὴ οὕτω λέγε· εἰ δὲ μή, οὐ θαρροῦντά με ἕξεις X.Cyr.3.1.35

    ;

    οὔτ' ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἦν ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ μή Id.An.4.3.6

    , cf. Th.1.28, 131, Pl.Phd. 91c.
    c εἰ δέ sts. stands for

    εἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ', ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Pl.Euthd. 285c

    , cf. Smp. 212c;

    εἰ δ' οὖν S.Ant. 722

    ;

    εἰ δ' οὕτως Arist.EN 1094a24

    ; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Str.2.1.29.
    d εἰ γάρ for if so, Id.7.3.6.
    e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any,

    τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς B.5.5

    ;

    ὄτλον ἄλγιστον ἔσχον, εἴ τις Αἰτωλὶς γυνή S.Tr.8

    , cf. OC 734; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, E.Andr.6, etc.;

    εἴ τινες καὶ ἄλλοι Hdt.3.2

    , etc.;

    εἴπερ τις ἄλλος Pl.R. 501d

    ; also κατ' εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, IG 5(2).6.27 ([place name] Tegea).
    f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever,

    ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Th.4.20

    , cf. Ar.Eq. 594;

    αἴ ποτα κἄλλοτα Alc.Supp.7.11

    , cf. X.An.6.4.12, etc.; but in prayers,

    εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Il.1.39

    .
    g εἴ ποθεν (sc. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, S.Ph. 1204 (lyr.); so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Id.Aj. 885 (lyr.);

    εἴ που Od.4.193

    .
    h εἴ πως ib. 388, X.An.2.3.11: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. 1),

    πρέσβεις πέμψαντες, εἴ πως πείσειαν Th.1.58

    .
    VIII with other PARTICLES:
    2 for ὡς εἰ, ὡς εἴ τε, ὥσπερ εἰ, etc., v. ὡς and ὥσπερ.
    3 for εἰ ἄρα, v. ἄρα; for εἰ δή, εἴπερ, v. εἰ δή, εἴπερ; for εἴ γε, v. γέ.
    IX in neg. oaths, = Hebr. im, LXXPs.94(95).11, Ev.Marc.8.12, al.
    C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, folld. by the ind., subj., or opt., according to the principles of oratio obliqua:
    1 with IND. after primary tenses, representing the same tense in the direct question, σάφα δ' οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ θεός ἐστιν whether he is a god, Il.5.183;

    εἰ ξυμπονήσεις.. σκόπει S.Ant.41

    .
    2 with SUBJ. after primary tenses, representing a dubitative subj. in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, X.Cyr.8.4.16: sts. elliptical,

    ἐς τὰ χρηστήρια ἔπεμπε, εἰ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ τοὺς Πέρσας Hdt.1.75

    .
    3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερος;), Pl.Ap. 21a;

    ἐπεκηρυκεύετο Πεισιστράτῳ, εἰ βούλοιτό οἱ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα Hdt.1.60

    : rarely [tense] aor. opt. for the [tense] aor. ind., ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσας;), D.50.55: but [tense] aor. opt. usually represents [tense] aor. subj., τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ' ἀπ' αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Th.1.25:—in both constructions the ind. or subj. may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ib. 119; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Id.2.4; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Aeschin.2.68.
    4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄν;), X.An.4.8.7.
    5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Hdt.1.90, etc.; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ' εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλεται; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Pl.R. 349b:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε.. ; εἰ.. εἴτε.. ; εἴτε.. ἢ .., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause,

    ὅπως ἴδῃς εἴτ' ἔνδον εἴτ' οὐκ ἔνδον S.Aj.7

    ;

    σκοπῶμεν εἰ ἡμῖν πρέπει ἢ οὔ Pl.R. 451d

    ; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖν ib. 339a;

    πολλὰ ἂν περιεσκέψω, εἴτε ἐπιτρεπτέον εἴτε οὔ·.. οὐδένα λόγον οὐδὲ συμβουλὴν ποιῇ, εἴτε χρὴ ἐπιτρέπειν σαυτὸν αὐτῷ εἴτε μή Id.Prt. 313a

    , 313b;

    ἀνάγκη τὴν ἐμὴν μητέρα, εἴτε θυγάτηρ ἦν Κίρωνος εἴτε μή, καὶ εἰ παρ' ἐκείνῳ διῃτᾶτο ἢ οὔ, καὶ γάμους εἰ διττοὺς ὑπὲρ ταύτης εἱστίασεν ἢ μὴ.. πάντα ταῦτα εἰδέναι τοὺς οἰκέτας Is.8.9

    ; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰ

  • 53 φαίνω

    φαίνω, Od.7.102, etc., [dialect] Ep. also [full] φαείνω (q. v.):—[tense] fut. φᾰνῶ, A.Fr. 304.5, Ar.Ach. 827, etc. ( φᾱνῶ acc. to A.D.Adv.187.26, but φᾱνῶ, Ar. Eq. 300, and ἀναφᾱνῶ, E.Ba. 528, are dub.); [dialect] Ion. φᾰνέω ([etym.] ἀπο-) Hp.Steril. 213, opt.
    A

    φᾰνοίην S.Aj. 313

    (cod. rec., rightly): [tense] aor. 1

    ἔφηνα Il.2.318

    , Hdt.1.95, etc.; [dialect] Dor.

    ἔφᾱνα Pi.I.4(3).2

    , IG42(1).123.28 (Epid., iv B.C.), also later [dialect] Att., subj., ἀπο-φάνῃ dub. l. in IG22.1631.379 ( = 2.811c133);

    φάνῃς Philem.233

    (

    ἐκ-φάνῃς Men.Mon. 418

    = Chares Iamb.4b20); so in late Prose, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Ael.VH12.33, ([etym.] ἐπι-) Ev.Luc.1.79, ([etym.] ἀνα-) Act.Ap. 21.3; [dialect] Ep. iter. φάνεσκε (intr.) Il.11.64, al., Hes.Fr.14.3: [tense] pf.

    πέφαγκα Ps.-Callisth.2.10

    , ([etym.] ἀπο-) Din.1.15, al.: intr. [tense] pf. πέφηνα (v. infr.A 111.2), [dialect] Dor.[ per.] 3pl.

    ἐκ-πεφάναντι Sophr.83

    ; [tense] plpf.

    ἐπεφήνειν D.C.46.10

    :—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. inf.

    φᾰνεῖσθαι Od.12.230

    , [dialect] Ion.

    φᾰνέομαι Hdt.3.35

    ; opt.

    φανοῖσθε Lys.26.10

    (nisi leg. φανεῖσθε); the forms φανῆσθον and [dialect] Dor. imper. φάνευ are corrupt in Pl.Erx. 399e, Teles p.58 H. (leg. φαίνευ): [tense] aor. 1 ἐφηνάμην (trans.) S.Ph. 944, ([etym.] ἀπ-) Hdt.7.52, etc.:—[voice] Pass., [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf.

    φαινέσκετο Od.13.194

    : [tense] fut.

    φᾰνήσομαι Hdt.8.108

    , Sicilian [dialect] Dor. (inf.) φᾰνήσειν (fort. - ησεῖν) Archim.A ren.4.20; [dialect] Ep. [tense] fut.

    πεφήσεται Il.17.155

    : [tense] aor. 1

    ἐφάνθην A.Pers. 263

    (lyr.), S.OT 525, etc.:rare in Prose, X.HG6.4.11, D.58.13, ([etym.] ἀπο-) IG12.10.35, D.19.44; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.

    φαάνθη Il.17.650

    , [ per.] 3pl.

    φάανθεν 1.200

    : [tense] aor. 2 ἐφάνην [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep.

    φάνην Il.1.477

    , etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.

    φάνεν Od.18.68

    ; [dialect] Ep. subj.

    φανήῃ Il.19.375

    ; [dialect] Ep. inf.

    φανήμεναι 9.240

    : [tense] pf.

    πέφασμαι S.OC 1543

    , [ per.] 3sg.

    πέφανται Il.2.122

    , 16.207, Pi.P.5.115, A.Ag. 374(lyr.); πέφᾰται in B.9.52, Perict. ap. Stob. 4.28.19 belongs either to φαίνω in sense A. 1.5, or to φημί; inf.

    πεφάνθαι Pl.Euthd. 294a

    , etc.; part.

    πεφασμένος Il.14.127

    , Thgn.227, A.Pr. 843, S.OC 1122, Pl.Phdr. 245e, etc.; [ per.] 3pl. [tense] plpf.

    ἐπέφαντο Hes.Sc. 166

    .
    A [voice] Act., bring to light, cause to appear, in physical sense, τέρας τινὶ φ. make a sign appear to one, Il.2.324, cf. Od.3.173, etc.;

    σήματα φαίνων Il.2.353

    ;

    γένυσι φ. ὀπώραν Pi.N.5.6

    ;

    δύο μορφὰς φ. A.Fr.304.5

    ;

    τὸν αὐχένα Hdt.2.132

    ; ἔφην' ἄφαντον φῶς, i.e. fire, S.Ph. 297;

    λαμπάδας Ar.Ra. 1524

    (anap.);

    φ. θησαυρόν E.El. 565

    ; φ. μηρούς, ἐπιγουνίδα, show by baring, i.e. uncover.., Od.18.67,74;

    φαίνοισα πρόσωπον ἀλάθεια Pi.N.5.17

    ; reflect an image in water,

    τὰ δέ νιν καλὰ κύματα φαίνει Theoc.6.11

    :—[voice] Med., τὰ τόξα.. τοῖσιν Ἀργείοισι φήνασθαι θέλει exhibit them as his own, S.Ph. 944.
    c γόνον Ἑλένῃ φ. show her a child, i. e. grant her to bear one, Od.4.12; φ. παράκοιτίν τινι show (i.e. give) one a wife, 15.26.
    2 of sound, make it clear to the ear, make it ring clear,

    ἀοιδὴν φαίνειν 8.499

    ;

    σάλπιγξ.. ὑπέρτονον γήρυμα φαινέτω στρατῷ A.Eu. 569

    .
    3 show forth, display in action,

    ἀρετήν Od.8.237

    ;

    ἀεικείας 20.309

    ;

    βίην Hes.Th. 689

    ;

    εὐμαχανίαν Pi.I.4(3).2

    ;

    εὔνοιαν Hdt.3.36

    ; ὕβριν ib. 127;

    ὀργάς A.Ch. 326

    (lyr.).
    b set forth, expound,

    νοήματα Il.18.295

    ;

    λόγον Hdt.1.116

    ;

    τριφασίας λόγων ὁδούς Id.1.95

    ; but τὰ λαμπρὰ.. φ. ἔπη make them good, S.OC 721.
    4 inform against one, denounce, φανῶ σε ( σε φανῶ codd.)

    τοῖς πρυτάνεσι Ar.Eq. 300

    (lyr.), cf. Ach. 824, S.Ant. 325: denounce a thing as contraband, Ar.Ach. 542, 819, al.;

    φαίνειν πλοῖον D.58.9

    ; τὰ φανθέντα articles denounced as contraband, ib. 13: abs., give information,

    ὁ φήνας ἢ ὁ γραψάμενος IG12.45.3

    , cf. 4.24, Isoc.18.20, X.Cyr.1.2.14, Phld.Rh.2.207 S., etc.
    5 φαίνειν φρουράν, call up a levy, at Sparta, X.HG3.2.23, al.; also φ. θυσίαν proclaim, order a sacrifice, Philod.Scarph.112:—[voice] Pass., πέφαται θνατοῖσι νίκας ὕστερον εὐφροσύνα has been ordained, B.9.52.
    II abs., give light, shine,

    φαίνοντες νύκτας.. δαιτυμόνεσσι Od.7.102

    , cf. 19.25; of the sun, moon, etc.,

    φ. τινί Ar.Nu. 586

    (troch.);

    εἰς ἅπαντα φ. τὸν οὐρανόν Pl.Ti. 39b

    ;

    ἀλλά, σελάνα, φαῖνε καλόν Theoc.2.11

    ;

    οἱ λύχνοι φ. ἧττον Thphr.Ign.11

    ; cf. φάω: so ἦρι μὲν φαίνοντι in spring when it shines forth, A.Fr.304.4 codd. (leg. φανέντι); of the Dioscuri shining in mid-air, E.El. 1234 (anap.): metaph., ἀγανὴ φαίνουσ' ἐλπίς soft shining hope, A.Ag. 101 (anap., dub.).
    b Φαίνων, οντος, , the planet Saturn, Arist.Mu. 392a23, Cic.ND2.20.52, etc.;

    Φ. ὁ τοῦ Ἡλίου Eudox. Ars5.19

    ; acc.

    - ωνα Placit.2.15.4

    .
    III [dialect] Ep. iter. φάνεσκε appeared,

    μετὰ πρώτοισι φάνεσκε Il.11.64

    ;

    ὑπένερθε δὲ γαῖα φάνεσκε Od. 12.242

    , cf. 11.587, Hes.Fr.14.3.
    2 [tense] pf. 2 πέφηνα is also used intr., S.OC 328, etc.; less freq. in Prose, Hdt.9.120, D.3.22, Plb.9.13.8.
    B [voice] Pass., come to light, appear, φάνεν δέ οἱ εὐρέες ὦμοι, being stripped bare, Od.18.68, cf. Il.22.324, Od.19.39: freq. of fire, shine brightly,

    πυρὰ φαίνετο Ἰλιόθι πρό Il.8.561

    ;

    ἕκαθεν δέ τε φαίνεται αὐγή 2.456

    ;

    δεινὼ δέ οἱ ὄσσε φάανθεν

    shone like fire,

    Il.1.200

    : freq. of the rising of heavenly bodies,

    ἄστρα φαεινὴν ἀμφὶ σελήνην φαίνετ' ἀριπρεπέα 8.556

    , cf. Hes.Op. 598; of the first gleam of daybreak,

    ἦμος δ' ἠριγένεια φάνη ῥοδοδάκτυλος Ἠώς Il.1.477

    , Od.2.1, al.; ἅμ' ἠοῖ φαινομένηφι at break of day, Il.9.618, cf. Od.4.407, al.;

    ἀκτὶς ἀελίου, τὸκάλλιστον.. φανὲν.. τῶν προτέρων φάος, ἐφάνθης ποτ' S.Ant. 100

    (lyr.): of a rising wind,

    οὐδέ ποτ' οὖροι πνείοντες φαίνονθ' ἁλιαέες Od.4.361

    ; of a vapour,

    ἐκ νεφέων ἐρεβεννὴ φ. ἀήρ Il.5.864

    .
    2 of persons, οἴῳ φαινομένη appearing to him alone, Il.1.198, cf. Od.15.517, etc.;

    ἐφάνη λὶς εἰς ὁδόν Il.15.275

    ; οὗπερ κἀφάνης where thou didst first appear, S.OC77;

    χρόνιος φανείς Id.Ph. 1446

    (anap.); ὁδόν φανῆναι a pregnant expression for ἐλθεῖν ὁδὸν ὥστε φανῆναι, Id.El. 1274 (lyr.);

    κέλευθον φανείς Aj. 878

    (lyr.); πόθεν φαίνῃ; whence come you? Pl.Prt. 309a, X.Mem.2.8.1; οὐδαμοῦ φ. is nowhere to be seen, Id.An.1.10.16.
    b come into being, φανεὶς δύστηνος born to misery, S.OC 974, cf. 1225 (lyr.); become,

    ἐκ βασιλέως ἰδιώτην φανῆναι X.An.7.7.28

    ;

    δυοῖν ἐφάνη τριήραρχος D.18.104

    ; to be made out,

    δοῦλος λόγοισιν.. φανείς S.Aj. 1020

    , cf. 1241.
    3 of events, come about,

    τέλος οὔ πώ τι πέφανται Il.2.122

    ;

    φάνη βιότοιο τελευτή 7.104

    ; ἔργον, ἄεθλον, etc., 16.207, Od.21.106, etc.;

    τὸ φανθέν S.Tr. 743

    ; of sayings, to be set forth, λόγος ἀρχαῖος φανείς ib.1, cf. OT 474 (lyr.), 848.
    II appear to be so and so, c. inf.,

    δμῳάων ἥ τίς τοι ἀρίστη φαίνεται εἶναι Od.15.25

    , cf. 11.336;

    οὐ γάρ σφιν ἐφαίνετο κέρδιον εἶναι 14.355

    ;

    τοῦτό μοι θειότατον φαίνεται γενέσθαι Hdt.7.137

    ;

    εὖ σὺ λέγειν φαίνει Ar.Nu. 403

    (anap.), cf. A.Pr. 319, etc.: freq. with inf. omitted,

    οὗ καὶ πρόσθεν ἀρίστη φαίνετο βουλή Il.9.94

    , cf. 2.5;

    ὅς τις φαίνηται ἄριστος Od.14.106

    ;

    σμερδαλέος αὐτῇσι φάνη 6.137

    ;

    ἕρμαιον ἂν ἐφάνη Pl.R. 368d

    , etc.: but in Hdt., etc., also c. part., to be manifest: thus, ἐμοὶ σὺ πλουτέειν μέγα φαίνεαι you appear to me to be very rich, Hdt.1.32; but εὔνοος ἐφαίνετο ἐών he was manifestly well-inclined, Id.7.173, cf. 175, Th.1.2; οὐκ ἄκαιρα φαίνεται λέγειν he appears to be speaking.., A.Pr. 1036; but φανέονται λέγοντες οὐδέν it will be manifest that they talk nonsense, Hdt.3.35;

    φαίνομαι δύο καθορᾶν εἴδη Pl.Sph. 235d

    ; but

    οὐκ ἂν φανεῖμεν πήματ' ἔρξαντες A.Pers. 786

    ;

    πλαγκτὸς οὖσ' ἐφαινόμην Id.Ag. 593

    , cf. Hdt.9.89, E.Andr. 343;

    ἐφάνησαν πεπονθότες Pl.Ap. 22c

    : with part. omitted, πέφανται ἁρματηλάτας σοφός (sc. ὤν) Pi.P.5.115, cf. N.6.14;

    κρατηθεὶς ἡμερώτερος φανεῖ A.Ag. 1632

    ; Κᾶρες ἐφάνησαν (sc. ὄντες) they were seen to be Carians, Th.1.8; τί φαίνομαι (sc. ὤν) δῆτ'; what do I look like? E.Ba. 925;

    ὡς ἀγαθοὶ.. ἐφάνησαν Pl.R. 408a

    : hence φαίνεσθαι, opp.

    εἶναι, εἶναι μὲν ὅσπερ εἰμί, φαίνεσθαι δὲ μή E.Fr. 698

    (ap.Ar.Ach. 441);

    στρατηγὸς ἀγαθὸς μὴ ὢν φαίνεσθαι X.Mem.1.7.3

    ;

    ὀλίγοι καὶ ὄντες καὶ φαινόμενοι Id.HG6.5.28

    .
    2 in Philosophy, φαίνομαι (abs.) is sts. used of what appears to the senses,

    φαίνεται δ' οὐδὲν

    is observed,

    Arist. Ph. 204b35

    , cf. Cael. 312b30;

    φ. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν Id.GA 716a31

    : sts. of what is mentally manifest, Id.EN 1175a29; to be evident, Id.APr. 24b24: esp. appear to the imagination (cf.

    φαντασία 2

    ), Pl.Sph. 264b;

    φ. καὶ μύουσιν ὁράματα Arist.de An. 428a16

    ; φ. δέ τι.. οἷον τὰ ἐν τοῖς ὕπνοις ib.a7: distd. from αἰσθάνεσθαι and δοξάζειν, ib.b1: esp. in part. φαινόμενος, η, ον:
    a appearing in sense experience,

    τὰ φ. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν Id.Cael. 303a22

    , al.;

    εἴτε τὰ δοκοῦντα πάντα ἐστὶν ἀληθῆ καὶ τὰ φ. Id.Metaph. 1009a8

    , cf. de An. 404a29 (sg.);

    τὰ φ.

    sense-data,

    Id.PA 639b8

    , Epicur.Ep.1pp.9,10 U., al.: Astron., τὰ φ. = celestial phenomena, title of a work by Eudoxus, versified by Aratus, Hipparch. 1.1.8, cf. Arist. Cael. 293b27; πρός τινας δόξας αὑτῶν τὰ φ. προσέλκοντες ib. 293a26: generally,

    τὸ μὴ ἐκ φαινομένων τὸ βλεπόμενον γεγονέναι Ep.Heb.11.3

    .
    b mentally apparent, opp. ὄντα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, Pl.R. 596e, cf. Arist.Top. 100b24, EN 1113a24;

    τὰ οὖν ἐμοὶ φαινόμενα οὕτω φαίνεται Pl.R. 517b

    ; [

    νοῦς] τῶν φ. θειότατον Arist. Metaph. 1074b16

    ; τὸ φ. εἰπεῖν to express one's opinion, Plu.2.158c: hence, specious, fallacious, φ. ἐνθυμήματα, opp. ὄντα, Arist.Rh. 1402a28.
    c

    τὰ φ.

    what is to be seen, show,

    Lib.Or.30.28

    .
    3 freq. in answers in Plato's dialogue, φαίνεται, yes, Prt. 332e, R.333c, al.;

    ὥς γέ μοι φ. Prt.324d

    , cf. R.383a, al.: [τοῦτο] φῂς εἶναι; Answ. φαίνομαι (sc. λέγειν) X.Mem.4.2.20.
    b later impers. c. dat. pers. et inf., it seems good, ἐάν σοι φαίνηται Wilcken Chr.304.11 (iii B.C.), cf. PCair.Zen.44.7,16 (iii B.C.), etc.;

    ὁπότε αὐτῷ φανείη στρατιὰν ἐξάγειν D.H.2.14

    , cf. 4.85.
    4 joined with

    δοκέω, εἰ δὴ κακός τε φ. δοκῶ τέ σοι E.Hipp. 1071

    ;

    δοκοῖμεν ἂν.. χείρους φαίνεσθαι Th.1.122

    , cf. Pl.Phdr. 269d, Erx. 399c, X.Mem.2.1.22.
    5 οὐδαμοῦ φαίνεσθαι 'to be nowhere', metaph. from racing, Pl.Phd. 72c, cf. Grg. 456b, D.18.310.
    III τὰ φανθέντα, v. supr. A. 1.4.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > φαίνω

  • 54 φέρω

    φέρω ([dialect] Locr. [full] φάρω [ᾰ], IG9(1).334.5 (Oeanthea, v. B.C.)), only [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. (late 1 [tense] aor. [ per.] 3pl.
    A

    ἤφεραν IG3.1379

    ), Il.21.458, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, [ per.] 2pl. imper.

    φέρτε Il.9.171

    ; [ per.] 2sg. subj.

    φέρῃσθα Call.Dian. 144

    ; [ per.] 3sg. subj.

    φέρῃσι Il.18.308

    , Od.5.164, al.; [dialect] Ep. inf.

    φερέμεν Il.9.411

    , al.: [tense] impf. ἔφερον, [dialect] Ep.

    φέρον 3.245

    ; also φέρεσκε, φέρεσκον ([ per.] 3pl.), Od.9.429, 10.108.
    II [tense] fut.

    οἴσω Il.7.82

    , etc.; [dialect] Dor.

    οἰσῶ Theoc.3.11

    ; [ per.] 1pl.

    οἰσεῦμες Id.15.133

    ; [ per.] 3pl. ηοίσοντι Tab.Heracl.1.150: the foll. act. forms are not [tense] fut. in sense, imper.

    οἶσε Od.22.106

    , 481, Ar.Ach. 1099, 1101, 1122, Ra. 482;

    οἰσέτω Il.19.173

    , Od.8.255; [ per.] 3pl.

    οἰσόντων Antim.15

    ; inf.

    οἴσειν Pi.P.4.102

    , [dialect] Ep.

    οἰσέμεν Od.3.429

    ,

    οἰσέμεναι Il.3.120

    , Od.8.399, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 inf.

    οἶσαι Ph.1.611

    codd. ( ἀν-οῖσαι is prob. in Hdt.1.157):—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.

    οἴσομαι Il.22.217

    , S.El. 969, etc. (in pass. sense, E.Or. 440, X.Oec.18.6; so [dialect] Dor.

    οἰσεῖται Archim.Fluit.1.7

    , al.): [tense] fut. [voice] Pass.

    οἰσθήσομαι D.44.45

    , Arist. Ph. 205a13, Archim.Fluit.1.3, al., ([etym.] ἐξ-) E.Supp. 561:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.

    προοῖσται Luc.Par.2

    ; cf. οἰστέον, οἰστός ([etym.] ἀν-οιστός).
    III from ἐνεγκ- (not found in Hom. or Hdt., exc. as v.l. in Il.19.194, but in Pi.O.13.66, I.8(7).21, ([etym.] προς-) Id.P.9.36, also B.16.62, and normal in [dialect] Att. and Trag., also in codd.Hp., Epid.1.1.2, al.) come [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεγκα, and [tense] aor. 2 ἤνεγκον:—Indic., [ per.] 1sg.

    ἤνεγκον S.OC 521

    (lyr.), 964, Ar.Ra. 1299, Th. 742, Lys. 944, ([etym.] δι-) Isoc.18.59, but

    ἤνεγκα S.El. 13

    , E. Ion38, Aeschin.2.4, and in compos. with Preps.; [ per.] 2sg. always

    ἤνεγκας Ar.Av. 540

    (lyr.), ([etym.] ἐξ-) S.Tr. 741 (in Ar.Th. 742, δέκα μῆνας αὔτ' ἐγὼ ἤνεγκον is answd. by ἤνεγκας σύ;); [ per.] 3sg. ἤνεγκε, common to both forms; dual

    δι-ηνεγκάτην Pl.Lg. 723b

    ; pl. always ἠνέγκαμεν, -ατε, -αν ([ per.] 3pl.

    ἀπ-ήνενκαν IG22.1620.37

    , al., once ἀπ-ήνεγκον ib. 1414.2; δι-ηνέγκομεν is f.l. in X.Oec.9.8): imper., [ per.] 2sg.

    ἔνεγκε E. Heracl. 699

    , Ar.Eq. 110, X.Mem.3.6.9 ( ἔνεγκον cj. Pors. in Anaxipp. 8); [ per.] 3sg.

    ἐνεγκάτω Ar. Pax 1149

    (troch.), Th. 238, Pl.Phd. 116d, ([etym.] προς-) X.Smp.5.2; but

    ἐξ-ενεγκέτω IG12.63.33

    , 76.61; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ἐνεγκόντω ib.5 (1).26.16 (Amyclae, ii/i B. C.); [ per.] 2pl.

    ἐξ-ενέγκατε Ar.Ra. 847

    : subj. ἐνέγκω common to both forms: opt., [ per.] 1sg.

    ἐνέγκαιμι E.Hipp. 393

    , Pl.Cri. 43c: [ per.] 3sg. ἐνέγκαι (cod.A, but - κοι cod.Laur.) S.Tr. 774, but

    ἐνέγκοι Id.Fr.84

    (anap.), Pl.R. 330a, ([etym.] ξυν-) Th.6.20, etc.; [ per.] 2pl. ἐνέγκαιτε ( ἐνέγκατε codd.) E.Heracl. 751 (lyr.): inf.

    ἐνεγκεῖν A.Supp. 766

    , S.OC 1599, IG22.40.18, etc., ([etym.] προς-) Pi.P.9.36, Hp.VM15; Hellenistic

    ἐνέγκαι Arist.Oec. 1349a27

    ([etym.] εἰς-), PAmh.2.30.35 (ii B. C.), Ev.Marc. 2.4 ([etym.] προς-), etc., found also in codd.Hp., Aff.3 ([etym.] προς-), Nat.Mul.19 ([etym.] δι-): part.

    ἐνεγκών Pi.I.8(7).21

    , S.El. 692, Th.6.56, etc.,

    ἐνέγκας IG22.1361.21

    ([etym.] εἰς-), 333.4, D.49.51 (and later, Demetr.Com.Nov.1.10 ([etym.] εἰς-), Arist.Oec. 1351a14, etc.; in X. we find

    ἐξ-ενεγκόντες Mem.1.2.53

    , and δι-ενεγκοῦσα, συν-ενεγκόντες, vv. ll. in ib.2.2.5, An.6.5.6):— [voice] Med., only ἠνεγκάμην, Ar.Ec.76 ([etym.] ἐξ-), etc. (exc. imper.

    ἐνεγκοῦ S.OC 470

    ); [ per.] 2sg.

    ἠνέγκω E.Supp. 583

    , X.Oec.7.13; [ per.] 3sg.

    ἠνέγκατο S.Tr. 462

    , Pl.R. 406b, etc.; [ per.] 1pl.

    ἠνεγκάμεθα Id. Ion 530b

    , ([etym.] προ-) Phlb. 57a; inf.

    εἰς-ενέγκασθαι Isoc.15.188

    : part.

    ἐνεγκάμενος Aeschin.1.131

    , ([etym.] ἀπ-) X.Ages.6.2.
    IV from ἐνεικ- comes [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεικα, found mostly in [dialect] Ion. (but not in codd. Hp.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr., also at Cos (v. infr.) and implied elsewh. in pass. forms (v. infr. v):—the endings are those of [tense] aor. 1, exc. in imper.

    ἔνεικε Od.21.178

    , inf. ἐνεικέμεν (v.l. ἐνεγκέμεν) Il.19.194, ἐνείκην (v. infr.), and part. μετ-ενεικών, ἐξενικοῦσι (v. infr.), cf. συνενείκομαι:—[ per.] 1sg.

    ἀν-ένεικα Od.11.625

    ; [ per.] 2sg.

    ἀπ-ένεικας Il.14.255

    ; [ per.] 3sg.

    ἤνεικε Od.18.300

    , al., Hdt.2.146, [dialect] Ep.

    ἔνεικε Il.15.705

    , al.; [ per.] 1pl.

    ἐνείκαμεν Od.24.43

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἤνεικαν Hdt.3.30

    , [dialect] Ep.

    ἔνεικαν Il.9.306

    ; imper. [ per.] 2sg.

    ἔνεικον Anacr.62.3

    ; [ per.] 2pl.,

    ἐνείκατε Od. 8.393

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἐνεικάντων Schwyzer 688

    B 3 (Chios, v B. C.); inf.

    ἐνεῖκαι Il.18.334

    , Pi.P.9.53, Hdt.1.32; ἐνεικέμεν (v. supr.); [dialect] Aeol.

    ἐνείκην Alc.Oxy.1788

    Fr.15ii 20; part.

    ἐνείκας Il.17.39

    , ([etym.] ἀν-) Hdt.2.23;

    μετ-ενεικών Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).22

    (Cos, iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., [ per.] 3sg.

    ἀν-ενείκατο Il.19.314

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἠνείκαντο 9.127

    , Hdt.1.57, ([etym.] ἐς-) 7.152; part.

    ἐνεικάμενος Alc.35.4

    .
    2 [tense] aor. 1 ἤνῐκα is found in the foll. dialect forms: [ per.] 3sg.

    ἤνικε IG42(1).121.110

    (Epid., iv B. C.);

    ἤνικεν SIG239

    Bi11 (Delph., iv B. C.);

    ἀν-ήνικε IG4.757A12

    , al. (Troezen, ii B. C.); ἀπ-ήνικε ib.42(1).103.16, al. (Epid., iv B. C.); but ἤνῑκε is prob. written for ἤνεικε in IG4.801.3 (Troezen, vi B. C.); [ per.] 1pl. ἀν-ηνίκαμες [ῐ] GDI 3591b21 ([place name] Calymna); [ per.] 3pl.

    ἤνικαν SIG239

    Bi 17 (Delph., iv B. C.), IG 12(2).15.15 (Mytil., iii B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj.

    ἐνίκει Berl.Sitzb.1927.161

    ([place name] Cyrene); ἐς-ενίκη, and inf. ἐς-ένικαι, IG12(2).645b43,39 (Nesus, iv B. C.); part. (dat. pl.)

    ἐξ-ενικοῦσι IG4.823.49

    (Troezen, iv B. C.); so in later Gr.,

    εἰς-ήνικα Supp.Epigr.7.381

    ,382 (Dura-Europos, iii A. D.); ἤνιγκα ib.383 (ibid., iii A. D.):—[voice] Med., part.

    ἐξ-ε[νικ]άμενος IG12

    (2).526a5 (Eresus, iv B. C.).
    b [dialect] Boeot. [tense] aor. 1 in [ per.] 3pl.

    εἴνιξαν IG7.2418.24

    (Thebes, iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ἤνειγξα Hdn.Gr.2.374.
    V other tenses: [tense] pf.

    ἐνήνοχα D.21.108

    , 22.62, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Luc.Pr.Im.15,17, ([etym.] μετ-) Pl.Criti. 113a, ([etym.] συν-) v. l. in X.Mem.3.5.22:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.

    ἐνεχθήσομαι Arist.Ph. 205b12

    , Archim.Fluit.2.2, al., ([etym.] ἐπ-) Th.7.56, ([etym.] κατ-) Isoc.13.19: [tense] aor.

    ἠνέχθην X.An.4.7.12

    and freq. in compds.; [dialect] Ion.

    ἀπ-ηνείχθην Hdt.1.66

    , etc.; ([etym.] περι-) ib.84; [ per.] 3pl. written ἠνείχτθησαν in Schwyzer 707B9 (Ephesus, vi B. C.); [dialect] Dor. part.

    ἐξ-ενειχθείς IG42(1).121.115

    (Epid., iv B. C.); Hellenistic

    ἐνεγχθείς PCair.Zen.327.42

    (iii B. C.), ([etym.] συμπερι-) IPE12.32A31,78, B70 (Olbia, iii B. C.); in dialects, [ per.] 3sg. indic.

    ἀπ-ηνίχθη IG42(1).103.111

    (Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj. ἐξενιχθῇ ib.12(5).593 A23 (Ceos, v B. C.), Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).21 (Cos, iii B. C.); [dialect] Boeot.

    ἐν-ενιχθεῖ IG7.3172.150

    (Thespiae, iii B. C.); part. (neut.)

    ἐπ-ενιχθέν Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).53

    (Telos, iv B. C., ined.); [dialect] Att. [tense] pf.

    ἐνήνεγμαι, ἐνήνεκται Pl.R. 584d

    ,

    εἰς-ενήνεκται E. Ion 1340

    ;

    ἀν-ενήνεγκται IG12.91.4

    ; ἐπαν-ενήνειγκται ib.22.1607a7; [dialect] Ion.

    ἐξ-ενηνειγμένος Hdt.8.37

    ; [dialect] Att. [tense] plpf.

    προς-ενήνεκτο X.HG4.3.20

    ; part.

    κατ-, μετ-ενηνεγμένος Plb.10.30.2

    , Str.13.1.12. (With φέρω cf. Lat.fero, OE. beran, Skt. bhárati 'bear'; οἴσω is of uncertain origin; ἐνεγκ- is prob. redupl. ἐγκ- ( ἐνεκ- in [voice] Pass. forms and in δουρηνεκής, etc.), cogn. with Skt. náśati 'attain,' Lat. nanciscor, Lith. nèšti 'carry, bear'; ἐνεικ- ([etym.] ἐνῐκ-) is of uncertain origin; the glosses ἐνέεικαν· ἤνεγκαν, and ἐνεείκω· ἐνέγκω (Hsch.) are not corroborated.)
    A [voice] Act.,
    I bear or carry a load,

    ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν Il.18.568

    ;

    μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303

    ;

    ἦγον μὲν μῆλα, φέρον δ' εὐήνορα οἶνον Od.4.622

    ;

    χοάς A.Ch.15

    ;

    φ. ἐπ' ὤμοις S.Tr. 564

    ;

    χερσὶν φ. Id.Ant. 429

    ;

    φ. ὅπλα βραχίονι E.Hec.14

    ; bear (as a device) on one's shield, A.Th. 559, etc.; γαστέρι κοῦρον φ., of a pregnant woman, Il.6.59; φ. ὑπὸ ζώνην or ζώνης ὕπο, A.Ch. 1000(992), E.Hec. 762: in Trag. stronger than ἔχω, ἁγνὰς αἵματος χεῖρας φ. to have hands clean from blood, E.Hipp. 316 (v.l. φορεῖς)

    ; ἀλαὸν ὄμμα φέρων Id.Ph. 1531

    (lyr.);

    γλῶσσαν εὔφημον φ. A.Ch. 581

    , cf. Supp. 994;

    καλὸν φ. στόμα S.Fr. 930

    codd. (nisi leg. φορῇ) ; ἄψοφον

    βάσιν φ. Id.Tr. 967

    (lyr.).
    II bear, convey, with collat. notion of motion, freq. in Hom.,

    πῇ δὴ.. τόξα φέρεις; Od.21.362

    ; πρόσω φ. ib. 369;

    εἴσω φέρω σ' ἐντεῦθεν Ar.V. 1444

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 914b;

    πόδες φέρον Il.6.514

    ;

    πέδιλα τά μιν φέρον 24.341

    , etc.; of horses, 2.838;

    ἵππω.. ἅρμα οἴσετον 5.232

    , etc.; of ships, Od.16.323, cf. Il.9.306;

    τὰ σώματα τῶν ζῴων συνέστηκεν ἐκ τοῦ φέροντος καὶ τοῦ φερομένου Diocl. Fr.17

    .
    b of persons, bring to bear, μένος or μένος χειρῶν ἰθύς τινος φέρειν hurl one's strength right upon or against him, Il.16.602, 5.506; φ. τὴν ὀργήν, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπί τινα, Plb.21.31.8, 33.11.2.
    c lead, direct,

    τὴν πόλιν Plu.Luc.6

    .
    2 of wind, bear along, [

    πνοιὴ Ζεφύρου] φ. νῆάς τε καὶ αὐτούς Od.10.26

    ; [

    σχεδίην] ἄνεμοι φέρον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα 5.330

    , cf. 4.516, Il.19.378, etc.;

    ἐπέλασσε φέρων ἄνεμος Od.3.300

    , 7.277, cf. 5.111, etc.: abs., ὁ βορέας ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φέρει is fair for Greece, X.An.5.77: metaph.,

    ὅπῃ ἂν ὁ λόγος ὥσπερ πνεῦμα φ. Pl.R. 394d

    ;

    φ. τινὰ φρένες δύσαρκτοι A.Ch. 1023

    , cf. Th. 687 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., v. infr. B.
    III endure, suffer,

    λυγρά Od.18.135

    ;

    ἄτην Hdt.1.32

    ; χαλινόν, ζυγόν, A.Ag. 1066, 1226; πημονάς, τύχας, Id.Pers. 293, E.Or. 1024;

    ξυμφοράς Th.2.60

    ;

    τὰς οὐ προσηκούσας ἁμαρτίας Antipho 3.2.10

    ; also of food,

    ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φ. X.Cyr.8.2.21

    ; of strong wine, bear, admit, καὶ τὰ τρία φέρων καλῶς, i.e. three parts of water, instead of ἴσον ἴσῳ, Ar.Eq. 1188, cf. Ach. 354; so τὰς ἐπιδείξεις.. φέρουσιν αὐτοῦ (sc. Ἰσοκράτους)

    οἱ λόγοι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἐκκλησίαις.. ἀγῶνας οὐχ ὑπομένουσι D.H.Isoc.2

    : metaph.,

    ᾗ φέρειν πέφυκε Pl.Ti. 48a

    .
    2 freq. with modal words,

    πήματα κόσμῳ φ. Pi.P.3.82

    ;

    σιγῇ κακά E.Hec. 738

    ;

    ὀργῇ τὸν πόλεμον Th.1.31

    ;

    θυμῷ φ. Id.5.80

    ;

    χαρᾷ φ. τι J.AJ19.1.13

    : esp. with an Adv., [

    ὕβριν] ῥηϊδίως φ. Hes.Op. 215

    ; δεινῶς, βαρέως, πικρῶς, χαλεπῶς φέρειν τι, bear a thing impatiently, take it ill or amiss, Hdt.2.121.γ, 5.19, E. Ion 610, Pl.R. 330a, etc.; δυσπετῶς, βαρυστόνως φ., A.Pr. 752, Eu. 794; προθύμως φέρειν τὸν πόλεμον to be zealous about the war, Hdt.9.18,40;

    προθύμως τὰ τοῦ πολέμου ἔφερον Th.8.36

    ;

    αἶσαν φέρειν ὡς ῥᾷστα A.Pr. 104

    ;

    συμφορὴν ὡς κουφότατα φ. Hdt.1.35

    ;

    ῥᾳδίως φ. Pl.Grg. 522d

    , al.;

    εὐπετῶς φ. S.Fr. 585

    , X.Mem.2.1.6; εὐπόρως ( εὐφόρως Brunck)

    ἐνεγκεῖν S.Ph. 873

    ; εὐμενῶς, εὐχερῶς φ., D.Ep. 3.45, Pl.R. 474e; these phrases are used mostly c. acc. rei; also c. part.,

    βαρέως ἤνεικε ἰδών Hdt.3.155

    , cf. Ar.Th. 385, etc.;

    φ. ἐλαφρῶς.. λαβόντα ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93

    ;

    ῥᾳδίως φέρεις ἡμᾶς ἀπολείπων Pl. Phd. 63a

    : c. gen.,

    τοῦ ἐνδεοῦς χαλεπώτερον φ. Th.1.77

    , cf. 2.62;

    ἐπί τινι, χαλεπῶς φ. ἐπὶ τῇ πολιορκίᾳ X.HG7.4.21

    , cf. Isoc.12.232;

    πράως ἐπὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις φ. D.58.55

    : c. dat. only, βαρέως φέρειν τοῖς παροῦσι, τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ, X.An.1.3.3, HG3.4.9, cf. 5.1.29; later, χαλεπῶς φ. διά τι, πρός τι, D.S.17.111, Jul.Or.1.17c codd.
    IV bring, fetch,

    εἰ.. θεὸς αὐτὸν ἐνείκαι Od.21.196

    ;

    φ. ἄποινα Il.24.502

    ;

    ἄρνε 3

    , 120, cf. Sapph.95; ὕδωρ, οἶνον, Anacr.62.1;

    ἔντεα Il.18.191

    ;

    τόξα Od.21.359

    ;

    κνημῖδας A.Th. 675

    ;

    δᾷδα Ar.Nu. 1490

    , etc.;

    γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ Hdt.7.131

    :—[voice] Med., carry or bring with one, or for one's own use,

    ποδάνιπτρα Od.19.504

    ;

    οἶνον Alc.35

    , cf. Hdt.4.67, 7.50, X. Mem.3.14.1;

    φερνὰς δόμοις E.Andr. 1282

    ; fetch, Od.2.410;

    χοὰς ἐκ κρήνης S.OC 470

    .
    2 bring, offer, present,

    δῶρα Od.8.428

    , etc.;

    μέλος Pi.P.2.3

    ;

    χοάς τινι A.Ch. 487

    ;

    φ. πέπλον δώρημά τινι S.Tr. 602

    ;

    πρός τινα δῶρα X.An.7.3.31

    ; χάριν τινὶ φ. grant any one a favour, do him a kindness, Il.5.211, Od.5.307, al.;

    ἐπὶ ἦρα φ. τινί Il.1.572

    , Od.3.164, etc.; φ. τισὶ εὐνοίας, ὄνησιν ἀστοῖς, A.Supp. 489, S.OC 287; but after Hom., χάριν τινὶ φ. show gratitude to him, Pi.O.10(11).17; μῆνιν φ. τινί cherish wrath against.. A.Niob. in PSI11.1208.12.
    b = ἄγω iv. 1,

    ἄχρι νῦν καθ' ὥραν ἔτους λέγονται πένθος ἐπὶ Μελεάγρῳ φέρειν Ant.Lib.2.7

    ; Ἰάλεμος· ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπολωλόσιν ἀνίαν φέρων, Suid.:—[voice] Med.,

    τοῦ γονέως ἐφ' ᾧ γε τὸ πένθος φέρεσθε Phalar.Ep.103.1

    .
    3 bring, produce, cause, [

    ἀστὴρ] φέρει πυρετὸν βροτοῖσιν Il.22.31

    ;

    ὄσσαν.. ἥ τε φ. κλέος ἀνθρώποισι Od.1.283

    , cf. 3.204; φ. κακόν, πῆμα, ἄλγεα, etc., work one woe, Il.8.541, Od.12.231, 427, etc.; δηϊοτῆτα φ. bring war, 6.203;

    ἐπ' ἀλλήλοισι φ. Ἄρηα Il.3.132

    , cf. 8.516;

    πόλεμον Hes.Sc. 150

    ;

    θάνατον φ. B.5.134

    ;

    τοῦτο εὐδοξίαν σοι οἴσει Pl.Ep. 312c

    ;

    τὸ σωθῆναι τὸ ψεῦδος φέρει S.Ph. 109

    ;

    τέχναι.. φόβον φέρουσιν μαθεῖν A.Ag. 1135

    (lyr.); ὥσπερ τὸ δίκαιον ἔφερε as justice brought with it, brought about, i.e. as was just, no more than just, Hdt.5.58;

    ἀν' ὄ κα φέρῃ ὁ λόγος ὁ ταμία Φιλοκλέος IG42(1).77.13

    (Epid., ii B. C.); of a calculation, yield a result, Vett.Val.349.27; produce, adduce, bring forward,

    παραδείγματα Isoc.7.6

    , etc.;

    πάσας αἰτίας D.58.22

    ;

    ἁρμόττουσαν εἰκόνα Id.61.10

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    εἰς τὴν συνηγορίαν.. τοιαῦτά τινα φέρεται Sor.2.3

    .
    b bring or carry with one, involve,

    τὸ πᾶν ἡμῖν τοῦ πολέμου φέρουσιν αἱ νέες Hdt.8.62

    ; οὐ ξύλων ἀγὼν ὁ τὸ πᾶν φέρων ἐστὶ ἡμῖν, ἀλλ' ἀνδρῶν ib. 100.
    4 μῦθον φ. τινί bring one word, Il.10.288, 15.202; ἀγγελίην φ. bring a message, ib. 175, Od.1.408;

    λόγον Pi.P.8.38

    ;

    ἐπιστολὰς φ. τινί S.Aj. 781

    , cf. Tr. 493;

    ἐπιστολήν X.Ages.8.3

    : hence, tell, announce, πευθώ, φάτιν, A.Th. 370, Ag.9;

    σαφές τι πρᾶγος Id.Pers. 248

    (troch.), cf. Ag. 639, etc.; report, ἀγήν (breakages) PCair.Zen. 15r27 (iii B. C.); φ. κεχωνευκώς reports that he has.., ib.741.26, cf. 147.4, 268.24 (all iii B. C.); enter, book a payment made, PBaden47.12:—[voice] Med.,

    λόγους φ. E.Supp. 583

    ; but also ἀγγελίας ἔπος οἴσῃ thou shalt have it brought thee, receive, Id.Ph. 1546 (lyr.);

    μαντήϊα.. φέρονται Hes.Fr.134.9

    :—[voice] Pass., θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the testator must be announced, Ep.Heb.9.16.
    5 pay something due or owing, φόρον τέσσαρα τάλαντα φ. pay as a tax or tribute, Th.4.57, cf. IG12.57.9, Pl.Plt. 298a, PCair.Zen.467.7 (iii B. C.);

    δασμόν X.An.5.5.10

    ; σύνοδον φ. subscribe to the expense of a meeting, IG22.1012.14, 1326.6;

    χρήματα πᾶσι τάξαντες φ. Th.1.19

    ;

    μισθὸν φ. X.Cyr.1.6.12

    (but usu., receive, draw, pay,

    μισθὸν δύο δραχμὰς τῆς ἡμέρας Ar.Ach.66

    ;

    τέτταρας τῆς ἡμέρας ὀβολοὺς φέρων Men.357

    ;

    αἱ νῆες μισθὸν ἔφερον Th. 3.17

    , cf. X.An.1.3.21, Oec.1.6);

    φ. ἐννέα ὀβολοὺς τῆς μνᾶς τόκους Lys.Fr.1.2

    , cf. Lycurg.23; also of property, bring in, yield as rent,

    φ. μίσθωσιν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ Is.5.35

    .
    6 apply, refer,

    τι ἐπί τι Pl. Ti. 37e

    , Chrm. 163d, R. 478b, cf. Plb.3.36.7, al.; φ. τὰ πράγματα ἐπί τινα confer powers upon, Id.2.50.6.
    7 ψῆφον φ. give one's vote, A.Eu. 674, 680, And.1.2, Is.11.18; ψῆφος καθ' ἡμῶν οἴσεται ([voice] Pass.) E.Or. 440;

    περὶ ταύτης ἡ ψῆφος οἰσθήσεται D.44.45

    ;

    ὑπὲρ ἀγῶνος Lycurg.7

    , cf. 11: hence φ. τινά appoint or nominate to an office,

    φ. χορηγόν D.20.130

    , 39.7, cf. Pl.Lg. 753d, Arist.Pol. 1266a10:—[voice] Pass., ibid.;

    ὅπως φέρηται ἐν τῷ στρατιωτικῷ UPZ15.10

    (ii B. C.);

    τῶν φερομένων ἐν Κλεοπάτρᾳ κληρούχων PRein.10.13

    , al. (ii B. C.); φερομένου μου ἐν τῇ συνοχῇ since I am enrolled in prison, i.e. am in prison, BGU1821.21 (i B. C.):—[voice] Med., choose, adopt,

    ταύταν φ. βιοτάν E.Andr. 785

    (lyr.).
    V bring forth, produce, whether of the earth or of trees,

    φ. ἄρουρα φάρμακα Od.4.229

    ;

    ἄμπελοι φ. οἶνον 9.110

    ; [νῆσος] φ. ὥρια πάντα ib. 131, cf. Hes.Op. 117; [

    οὐ] γῆ καρπὸν ἔφερε Hdt.6.139

    ;

    γύαι φ. βίοτον A.Fr.196.5

    , cf. Pi.N.11.41, E.Hec. 593, etc.: abs., bear fruit, be fruitful,

    εὖτ' ἂν τάδε πάντα φέρῃσι h.Merc.91

    ; ἡ γῆ ἔφερε ( καρπόν add. codd. quidam) Hdt.5.82;

    αἱ ἄμπελοι φέρουσιν X.Oec.20.4

    ; also of living beings,

    τόπος ἄνδρας φ. Pl.Ti. 24c

    ;

    ἤνεγκεν αὐτὸν Λαοδίκεια Philostr. VS1.25.1

    ;

    ἡ ἐνεγκοῦσα

    one's country,

    Hld.2.29

    , Lib.Or. 2.66, al., Chor.p.81 B., Lyd.Mag.3.26, dub. in Supp.Epigr.4.439 (Milet.) without Art. (also

    ἡ ἐνεγκαμένη Jul.Ep. 202

    ); or Mother Earth, M.Ant.4.48: generally, create, form,

    Πηνειὸς Τέμπη φ. Philostr.Im.1.25

    ; [

    τὰ βρέφη] ἄρχεται φέρειν τοὺς ὀδόντας Aët.4.9

    ;

    φ. τοὺς κυνόδοντας Gp.16.1.14

    .
    VI carry off or away,

    Κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι Il.2.302

    ;

    φ. τινὰ ἐκ πόνου 14.429

    , 17.718, etc.; of winds, [ἔπος] φέροιεν ἀναρπάξασαι ἄελλαι may the winds sweep away the word, Od.8.409; of a river, Hdt.1.189:—[voice] Med., carry off with one, Od.15.19.
    2 carry away as booty or prize, ἔναρα, τεύχεα, Il.6.480, 17.70;

    αἶγα λέοντε φ. 13.199

    ; δεῖπνον φ., of Harpies, A.Eu.51;

    ἐνέχυρα βίᾳ φ. Antipho 6.11

    ; in the phrase φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν (cf.

    ἄγω 1.3

    ), IG12.69.19; φέροντα ἢ ἄγοντα Lex ap.D.23.60;

    αἴ κα.. ἄγῃ ἢ φέρῃ Leg.Gort.5.37

    ;

    ἥρπαζον καὶ ἔφερον Lys.20.17

    ;

    κείρων ἢ φέρων IG12(9).90.10

    (Tamynae, iv B. C.);

    αἴ τίς κα.. φέρει τι τῶν ἐν τᾷ ἱαρᾷ γᾷ Tab.Heracl.1.128

    ; of a divorced wife,

    αἰ δέ τι ἄλλο φέροι τῶ ἀνδρός, πέντε στατῆρανς καταστασεῖ κὤτι κα φέρῃ αὐτόν Leg.Gort.3.2

    ; φέρειν alone, rob, plunder,

    θεῶν ἱερά E.Hec. 804

    ;

    ἀλλήλους Th.1.7

    ; abs., SIG38.23 (Teos, v B. C.):—[voice] Pass.,

    φερόμενοι Βακχῶν ὕπο E.Ba. 759

    :—[voice] Med. in same sense,

    ἔναρα Il.22.245

    ;

    πελέκεας οἶκόνδε φ. 23.856

    ;

    ἀτερπέα δαῖτα Od.10.124

    , cf. 15.378.
    3 carry off, gain, esp. by toil or trouble, win, achieve, both [voice] Act. and [voice] Med.,

    ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος ἦ κε φεροίμην Il.18.308

    ;

    φέρειν τρίποδα Hes.Op. 657

    ;

    τἀπινίκια S.El. 692

    ;

    τιμήν Ar. Av. 1278

    ; τἀριστεῖα, τὰ νικητήρια, Pl.R. 468c, Lg. 657e;

    πέρα.. οὐδὲν φ. S.OC 651

    ;

    ἐκ σοῦ πάντ' ἄνευ φόβου φ. Id.OT 590

    ; τίς.. πλέον τᾶς εὐδαιμονίας φέρει ἤ .. ; ib. 1190 (lyr.), cf. El. 1088 (lyr.); in bad sense,

    μείζω τὴν αἰσχύνην φ. Pl.Lg. 671e

    : also, receive one's due,

    φ. χάριν S.OT 764

    ;

    ὡς τοῦτό γ' ἔρξας δύο φέρῃ δωρήματα Id.Ph. 117

    ; μισθὸν φέρειν (v. supr. iv.5); of a priest's perquisites,

    φέρει ὁ ἱαρεὺς γέρη σκέλη κτλ. BMus.Inscr.968

    A 9 ([place name] Cos), cf. IG12.24.10, al., SIG56.35 (Argos, v B. C.):—[voice] Med. (v. ad init.), win for oneself,

    κῦδος οἴσεσθαι Il.22.217

    ; δέπας, τεύχεα, carry off as a prize, 23.663, 809, al.; ἀέθλια or ἄεθλον φ. carry off, win a prize, 9.127, 23.413; τὰ πρῶτα φέρεσθαι (sc. ἄεθλα) 23.275, 538;

    οὐ σμικρὸν ἆθλον τῆς ἐρωτικῆς μανίας φέρονται Pl.Phdr. 256d

    ; of perquisites, τὸ.. σκέλος τοὶ ἱαρομνάμονες φερόσθω (i. e. φερούσθω from Φερόνσθω) IG42(1).40.13 (Epid., v/iv B. C.): hence

    οὐ τὰ δεύτερα Hdt.8.104

    ; πλέον φέρεσθαι get more or a larger share for onself, gain the advantage over any one, τινος Hdt.7.211, cf. S.OT 500 (lyr.), E.Hec. 308; ταῦτα ἐπὶ σμικρόν τι ἐφέροντο τοῦ πολέμου this they received as a small help towards the war, Hdt.4.129;

    ἠνείκατο παρὰ Ἐγεσταίων τὰ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος 5.47

    ;

    ἴδια κέρδεα προσδεκόμενοι παρὰ τοῦ Πέρσεω οἴσεσθαι 6.100

    ;

    χάριν φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῶν And.2.9

    ;

    φ. τὴν ἀπέχθειαν αὐτῶν Antipho 3.4.2

    ;

    ὀνείδη Pl.Lg. 762a

    ;

    εὐσέβειαν ἐκ πατρὸς οἴσῃ S.El. 969

    ;

    δάκρυ πρὸς τῶν κλυόντων A.Pr. 638

    ;

    ἀπό τινος βοσκάν Id.Eu. 266

    (lyr.);

    ἐξ ἀνανδρίας τοὔνομα Aeschin.1.131

    : generally, get for one's own use and profit, take and carry away, esp. to one's own home,

    τοῦ.. πάμπρωτα παρ' ἀγλαὰ δῶρα φέροιο Il.4.97

    : hence φέρειν or φέρεσθαι is often used pleon., v. infr. xi.
    VII abs., of roads or ways, lead to a place,

    ὁδὸν φέρουσαν ἐς ἱρόν Hdt.2.122

    , cf. 138; τὴν φέρουσαν ἄνω (sc. ὁδόν) Id.9.69;

    τῆς μὲν ἐς ἀριστερὴν ἐπὶ Καρίης φ., τῆς δὲ ἐς δεξιὴν ἐς Σάρδις Id.7.31

    ;

    ἐπὶ Σοῦσα X.An.3.5.15

    ;

    ἁπλῆ οἶμος εἰς Ἅιδου φέρει A.Fr. 239

    ;

    ἡ ἐς Θήβας φέρουσα ὁδός Th.3.24

    (but ἡ ἐπ' Ἀθηνῶν φέρουσα ibid.); also ἡ θύρα ἡ εἰς τὸν κῆπον φ. the door leading to the garden, D.47.53; αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φ. πύλαι, αἱ ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος φ. κλίμακες, X.HG7.2.7, cf. PMich.Zen.38.27 (iii B. C.), Plb.10.12.3.
    b of time,

    τῇ νυκτὶ τῇ φερούσῃ εἰς τὴν β τοῦ Παχών PPetr.3p

    .x (iii B. C.), cf. PTeb.61 (b) 288 (ii B. C.), BGU1832.5 (i B. C.), etc.
    3 metaph., lead to or towards, be conducive to,

    ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει Hdt.1.10

    ;

    τὰ ἐς ἄκεσιν φέροντα Id.4.90

    ; ἐς βλάβην, ἐς φόβον φέρον, S.OT 517, 991;

    εἰς ὄκνον E.Supp. 295

    : esp. in good sense, tend, conduce to one's interest, ἐπ' ἀμφότερά τοι φέρει (impers.)

    ταῦτα ποιέειν Hdt.3

    . 134; so

    τὰ πρὸς τὸ ὑγιαίνειν φέροντα X.Mem.4.2.31

    ;

    τροφαὶ μέγα φ. εἰς ἀρετάν E.IA 562

    (lyr.); μέγα τι οἰόμεθα φέρειν (sc. κοινωνίαν γυναικῶν τε καὶ παίδων)

    εἰς πολιτείαν Pl.R. 449d

    ; τὰ καλὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα εἰς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν φ. ib. 444e, cf. X.Cyr.8.1.42; τοῦτο ἔφερεν αὐτῷ was for his good, M.Ant.5.8.
    b point to, refer to a thing,

    ἐς τί ὑμῖν ταῦτα φαίνεται φέρειν; Hdt.1.120

    ; φωνὴ φέρουσα πρός τινα addressed to him, Id.1.159;

    ἐς ἀρηΐους ἀγῶνας φέρον τὸ μαντήϊον Id.9.33

    , cf. 6.19; [ὄψις] φέρει ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν refers to.., extends over.., Id.7.19; τὰ ἴχνη τῆς ὑποψίας εἰς τοῦτον φ. point to him, Antipho 2.3.10;

    πρός τινας Pl.R. 538c

    ;

    ταύτῃ <ὁ> νόος ἔφερε Hdt.9.120

    ; ἡ τοῦ δήμου φέρει γνώμη, ὡς .., the people's opinion inclines to this, that.., Id.4.11;

    ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Th.1.79

    : c. inf., τῶν ἡ γνώμη ἔφερε συμβάλλειν whose opinion inclined to giving battle, Hdt.6.110, cf. 5.118; πλέον ἔφερέ οἱ ἡ γνώμη κατεργάσεσθαι his opinion inclined rather to the view.., Hdt.8.100, cf. 3.77.
    VIII carry or have in the mouth, i. e. speak of,

    πολύν τινα ἐν ταῖς διαβολαῖς φέρειν Aeschin.3.223

    ; use a word,

    οὐκ οἶδα καθ' ὁποτέρου τούτων οἱ παλαιοὶ τὸ τῆς ζειᾶς ἔφερον ὄνομα Gal.Vict.Att.6

    , cf. 7.644, 15.753, 876; record an event,

    οἱ δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον.. ἔτει φέροντες αὐτήν D.H.1.63

    : more freq. in [voice] Pass., πονηρῶς, εὖ, φέρεσθαι, to be ill or well spoken of, X.HG1.5.17, 2.1.6;

    ἀτίμως ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φ. Pl.Ep. 328e

    ; abs., φέρεται [the report] is carried about, i.e. it is said, c. acc. et inf.,

    τοιόνδε φέρεται πρῆγμα γίνεσθαι Hdt.8.104

    (v.l.); ἐν χρόνοις φέρεται μνημονευομένοις is recorded as occurring within historical times, Str.1.3.15;

    ὅτε καὶ Δημόκριτος φέρεται τελευτήσας Sor.Vit.Hippocr.11

    ;

    κρίνομεν.. τὰ γραφέντα ὑφ' ἡμῶν προστάγματα ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῖν OGI331.60

    (Pergam., ii B. C.);

    ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα φέρεται

    are in use,

    Ptol.Geog.7.4.11

    ; of literary works, to be in circulation,

    ἐπιστόλιον αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον φέρεται Plu.2.808a

    , cf. 209e, 832d, 833c, al., Jul.Or.6.189b, Gp.2.35.8, Eun.VSp.456 B.; πρόλογοι διττοὶ φέρονται Arg.E.Rh.; ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἔν τισιν οὐ φέρεται Sch.E. Ph. 377, cf. Sch.Il.8.557.
    2 of words, φέρεσθαι ἐπί τι to refer to something, A.D.Pron.61.5, Synt.21.14, al.
    IX imper. φέρε like ἄγε, as Adv., come, now, well,
    1 before another imper.,

    φέρε γὰρ σήμαινε A.Pr. 296

    (anap.);

    φέρ' εἰπὲ δή μοι S.Ant. 534

    ;

    φ. δή μοι τόδε εἰπέ Pl.Cra. 385b

    ; so

    φέρετε.. πειρᾶσθε Hdt.4.127

    .
    2 before [ per.] 1sg. or pl. of subj. used imperatively, φέρε ἀκούσω, φέρε στήσωμεν, Hdt.1.11,97;

    φ. δὲ νῦν.. φράσω Id.2.14

    ;

    φέρ' ἴδω, τί δ' ἥσθην; Ar.Ach.4

    ;

    φέρε δὴ κατίδω Id. Pax 361

    , cf. 959; φ. δὴ ἴδωμεν, φ. δὴ σκεψώμεθα, Pl.Grg. 455a, Prt. 330b, cf. E.Or. 1281 (lyr.), Ph. 276, etc.: less freq. before 2 pers.,

    φέρε.. μάθῃς S.Ph. 300

    .
    3 before a rhetorical question,

    φέρε.. τροπαῖα πῶς ἀναστήσεις; E.Ph. 571

    ;

    φ. δὴ νῦν.. τί γαμεῖθ' ἡμᾶς; Ar.Th. 788

    (anap.), cf. Ach. 541, Pl.R. 348c; φ. μῶν οὐκ ἀνάγκη .. ; Id.Lg. 805d; φ. πρὸς θεῶν πῶς .. ; Id.Grg. 514d; freq. in phrase

    φέρε γάρ, φέρε τίς γὰρ οὗτος; Ar.Nu. 218

    ;

    φ. γὰρ πρὸς τίνας χρὴ πολεμεῖν; Isoc.4.183

    , cf. Antipho 5.36; also

    φ. δή Pl.Grg. 455a

    , al.: usu. first in a sentence, but

    τὴν ἀνδρείαν δὲ φ. τί θῶμεν; Id.Lg. 633c

    , etc.
    4 φέρε δή, ἐάν πῃ διαλλαχθῶμεν .. come let us see if we can.., Id.Cra. 430a.
    5 φέρε c. inf., suppose, grant that..

    φ. λέγειν τινά Plu.2.98b

    ; φ. εἰπεῖν let us say, D.Chr.31.93, 163, Porph.Abst.3.3;

    οἷον φ. εἰ. Iamb. in Nic.p.47

    P., al. ( οἷον φέρε alone, Hierocl. in CA11p.439M.).
    X part. neut. τὸ φέρον, as Subst., destiny, fate, τὸ φ. ἐκ θεοῦ [καλῶς] φέρειν [χρή] ye must bear nobly what heaven bears to you, awards you, S.OC 1693 (lyr., codd., sed secl. καλῶς, χρή)

    ; εἰ τὸ φερον σε φέρει, φέρε καὶ φέρου AP 10.73

    (Pall.).
    2 part. φέρων in all genders freq. joined with another Verb:
    a to express a subsidiary action, φέρων ἔδωκε he brought and gave, Od.22.146; δὸς τῷ ξείνῳ ταῦτα φέρων take this and give it him, 17.345; ἔγχος ἔστησε φέρων brought the spear and placed it, 1.127; σῖτον παρέθηκε φέρουσα ib. 139, al., cf. S.Tr. 622;

    τοῦτο ἐλθὼν οἴκαδε φέρων τῷ πατρὶ ἔδωκα Pl.Hp.Ma. 282e

    , cf. R. 345b; so

    ὁ μὲν Ἐπίχαρμον.. εἰς δέκα τόμους φέρων συνήγαγεν Porph.Plot. 24

    ; ἑκάστῃ ἐννεάδι τὰ οἰκεῖα φέρων συνεφόρησα ibid., etc.; sts. translatable by with,

    ᾤχοντο φέροντες τὰ γράμματα Th.7.8

    .
    b intr., in pass. sense, to denote unrestrained action,

    νῦν σε μάλ' οἴω.. φέροντα.. φιλητεύσειν h.Merc. 159

    ; φέρουσα ἐνέβαλε νηΐ φιλίῃ she went and rammed, rammed full tilt, Hdt.8.87; ὅταν ἐπὶ θάτερ' ὥσπερ εἰς τρυτάνην ἀργύριον προσενέγκῃς, οἴχεται φέρον down it sinks, D.5.12;

    τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μέρη τοῦ πολέμου παρῆκαν, φέροντες δὲ παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἀκράγαντα προσήρεισαν

    hurling themselves,

    Plb.1.17.8

    ;

    εἰς τοῦτο φέρων περιέστησε τὰ πράγματα Aeschin.3.82

    ; ὑπέβαλεν ἑαυτὸν φέρων Θηβαίοις ib.90, cf. 1.175, 3.143,146; in the foll. passages φέρων accompanies a Verb of throwing, giving, entrusting, or dedicating, and expresses wholehearted action, whether wise or unwise; there is always an accus., freq. of the reflex. Pron., governed by the principal Verb (or perh. by φέρων): ἐπεὶ ἐς τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἐνέβαλον (sc. ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ) when I went (or took) and threw myself.., Luc.Icar.13, cf. Fug.1, Plu.Comp.Arist. Cat.1, Fab.6, Per.12, Paus.1.30.1, Ael.VH8.14, Frr.10,69, Philostr. VA3.4;

    τὴν κατασκευὴν.. φέρων ἐδωρήσατο τῇ μητρί D.S.31.27

    , cf. Ach.Tat.1.7;

    σεαυτὸν.. φέρων ἀπημπόληκας Luc.Merc.Cond.24

    ;

    τί παθόντες.. τοῖς ἀτέκνοις τῶν γερόντων ἐσποιεῖτε φέροντες αὑτούς; Luc. DMort.6.3

    , cf. Ind.19, Laps.22; ταύτῃ (sc. τῇ ὀργῇ)

    φέρων ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτόν Plu.Them.24

    , cf. Per.7;

    τούτῳ φέροντες ὑποβάλλουσι τοὺς υἱούς Id.2.4b

    , cf. Luc.6, Pomp.27, Ael.VH6.1, Max.Tyr.1.2;

    προσέθετο φέρων ἑαυτὸν ἐκείνῳ Eun.VS p.456

    B., cf.pp.461,465 B., Dam. ap. Suid. s.v. Σεβηριανός; ἀλλὰ σοὶ μὲν, ὦ θεῶν πάτερ, ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἀναθήσω Jul.Or.7.231b.
    3 ἔκκρισις.. ἐκ μικρῶν φέρουσα διαστημάτων occurring at short intervals, Sor.2.45.
    XI φέρειν, φέρεσθαι are freq. added epexegetically to δίδωμι and similar Verbs,

    δῶκεν.. τρίποδα φέρειν Il.23.513

    , cf. 16.665, 17.131;

    τεύχεα.. δότω φέρεσθαι 11.798

    , cf. Od.21.349, E.Tr. 419, 454(troch.).
    B [voice] Pass. is used in most of the above senses:—special cases:
    I to be borne or carried involuntarily, esp. to be borne along by waves or winds, to be swept away, φέρεσθαι ἀνέμοισι, θυέλλῃ, Od.9.82, 10.54, cf. A.Pers. 276 (lyr.), etc.; πᾶν δ' ἦμαρ φερόμην, of Hephaestus falling from Olympus, Il.1.592; ἧκε φέρεσθαι he sent him flying, 21.120; ἧκα πόδας καὶ χεῖρε φέρεσθαι I let go my hands and feet, let them swing free [in the leap], Od.12.442, cf. 19.468; μέγα φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν, of a word uttered, comes with weight, Pi.P.1.87;

    βίᾳ φέρεται Pl.Phdr. 254a

    ;

    πνεῦμα φερόμενον Id.R. 496d

    ;

    τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τὰς ἀναπνοὰς εἴσω τε καὶ ἔξω φέρεται Gal.16.520

    ;

    ῥεῖν καὶ φέρεσθαι Pl.Cra. 411c

    ;

    φ. εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον Id.Phd. 114b

    ; simply, move, go,

    ποῖ γᾶς φέρομαι; S.OT 1309

    (anap.);

    οὐκ οἶσθ' ὅποι γῆς οὐδ' ὅποι γνώμης φέρῃ Id.El. 922

    , cf. E.Hec. 1076 (anap.), etc.; of the excreta,

    τὰ φερόμενα.. εἰ μὲν αὐτομάτως φέροιτο Philum.

    ap. Aët.9.12;

    πρὸς κοιλίαν φερομένην Aët.4.19

    : metaph.,

    εἰς τὸ λοιδορεῖν φέρῃ E.Andr. 729

    ;

    πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κάλλους φύσιν Pl.Phdr. 254b

    , cf. X.Mem.2.1.4; ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ φέρονται have the same tendency, Phld.Vit.p.42 J.;

    ἀπὸ δογμάτων καὶ ἀπὸ θεωρημάτων φ. Vett.Val.238.30

    ; of veins, to be conveyed, Gal.15.531; also ἡ φερομένη οὐσία (the doctrine of) universal motion, Pl.Tht. 177c; οἱ φερόμενοι θεοί the moving gods, i. e. the stars and planets, Plot.2.3.9.
    2 freq. in part. with another Verb of motion, φερόμενοι ἐσέπιπτον ἐς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας they fell into their hands with a rush, at full speed, Hdt.8.91;

    ἀπὸ.. ἐλπίδος ᾠχόμην φερόμενος Pl.Phd. 98b

    ;

    ἧκε φερόμενος εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν Aeschin.3.89

    .
    3 of voluntary and impulsive motion,

    ἰθὺς φέρεται μένει Il.20.172

    ; ὁμόσε τινὶ φέρεσθαι come to blows with him, X.Cyn.10.21;

    δρόμῳ φ. πρός τινα Id.HG4.8.37

    ;

    φυγῇ εἰς ἑαυτοὺς φ. Id.Cyr.1.4.23

    ;

    ἥξει ἐπ' ἐκεῖνον τὸν λόγον φερόμενος Lycurg.59

    ;

    φερόμενος ὑπ' ὀργῆς D.H.Comp.18

    .
    II metaph., καλῶς, κακῶς φέρεσθαι, of things, schemes, etc., turn out, prosper well or ill, succeed or fail,

    οὔτ' ἂν.. νόμοι καλῶς φέροιντ' ἄν S.Aj. 1074

    ;

    κακῶς φ. τὰ ἑαυτοῦ X.HG3.4.25

    ;

    εὖ φέρεται ἡ γεωργία Id.Oec.5.17

    ; ὀλιγώρως ἔχειν καὶ ἐᾶν ταῦτα φέρεσθαι to neglect things and let them take their course, D.8.67; less freq. of persons, fare well or ill, εὖ φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις being generally successful.., Th.5.16, cf. 15;

    καλῶς φερόμενος τὸ καθ' ἑαυτόν Id.2.60

    ;

    φ. ἐν προτιμήσει παρά τινι D.S.33.5

    ;

    χεῖρον φερομένη παρὰ τἀδελφῷ J.AJ16.7.6

    ; of euphonious writing,

    σύνθεσις καλῶς φερομένη Phld.Po.5.26

    .
    2 behave, ὑποκριτικῶς, ἀστάτως, etc., Vett.Val.38.20, 197.8, al.
    C [voice] Med.: for its chief usages, v. supr. A. VI. 3.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > φέρω

  • 55 φθάνω

    φθάνω, Il.9.506, [tense] impf.
    A

    ἔφθανον X.HG6.2.30

    , AP9.272 ([place name] Bianor): [tense] fut.

    φθήσομαι Il.23.444

    , Th.5.10, Pl.R. 375c, etc.; but φθάσω [ᾰ] Hp. Morb.3.13 (s. v. l.), X.Cyr.5.4.38: [tense] aor.

    ἔφθᾰσα Hdt.7.161

    , A.Pers. 752 (troch.), Th.3.49, X.Cyr.7.1.19, etc.; imper.

    φθάσον J.AJ6.11.7

    ; opt. [ per.] 3sg.

    φθάσειε Isoc.8.120

    , pl.

    φθάσειαν X.HG7.2.14

    (this tense prevails in later Gk., Plb.3.66.1, etc.); [dialect] Dor.

    ἔφθασσα Theoc.2.115

    : but the only [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. is ἔφθην, not found in A. or S., but the more usual form in E. and Ar., less freq. in Th., X., D.; pl. ἔφθημεν, -ητε, -ησαν, E.Ph. 1468, Isoc.5.7, Antipho 2.2.5, [dialect] Ep.pl.3

    φθάν Il.11.51

    ; subj. φθῶ, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. φθήῃ, φθῇσιν, 16.861, 23.805; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl.

    φθέωμεν Od.16.383

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    φθέωσι 24.437

    ; opt. φθαίην, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. φθαίησι ([etym.] παρα-) Il.10.346; inf.

    φθῆναι Hdt.6.115

    , Th.4.4; part.

    φθάς Hdt.3.71

    ; [dialect] Ep. part. [voice] Med.

    φθάμενος Il.5.119

    , al., Hes.Op. 554: [tense] pf. ἔφθᾰκα Philipp. ap. D.18.39, LXX 2 Ch.28.9, IG12 9).906.26 (Chalcis, iii A. D.);

    πέφθακα Ps.-Callisth. 2.10

    (v. l): [tense] plpf.

    ἐφθάκει Plu.Galb. 17

    , Luc.Philops.6:—[voice] Pass., Arist.Mu. 395a18: [tense] impf.

    ἐφθάνετο AP9.278

    ([place name] Bianor);

    ἐφθάνοντο J.BJ5.2.4

    (v.l. ἐφονεύοντο): [tense] aor.

    ἐφθάσθην D.H. 6.25

    , Epigr.Gr. 315 ([place name] Smyrna), IPE2.197 (Panticapaeum, ii A. D.), J.AJ8.12.4. Gal.4.560. [[pron. full] φθᾰνω always in [dialect] Att. (so also in AP9.272 ([place name] Bianor), APl.4.382, 384); φθᾱνω in Il.9.506, 21.262 (where Zenod. read φθανέει for φθάνει) ]:— come or do first or before others:
    I c. acc. pers., to be beforehand with, overtake, outstrip, in running or otherwise,

    φθάνει δέ τε καὶ τὸν ἄγοντα Il.21.262

    ;

    φθῆ σε τελος θανάτοιο 11.451

    , cf. Hes.Op. 554, 570, Hdt.7.161, E.Heracl. 120, IT 669, Isoc.9.42, etc.;

    οὐ μὴ φθάσωμεν τοὺς κοιμηθέντας 1 Ep.Thess.4.15

    ; so ἔφθησαν τὸν χειμῶνα they anticipated the storm, Hdt.7.188;

    φθάσας τὸν λογισμόν D.21.38

    :—[voice] Pass., to be overtaken,

    ὑπό τινος Arist. Mu. 395a18

    , AP9.278 ([place name] Bianor); ἐφθάσθην (v. supr.).
    II abs., come or act first, opp. ὑστερέω or ὑστερίζω, E.Ph. 975, X.An.6.1.18, cf. Th.4.121; τοῦ φθάσαντος ἁρπαγή the prey of the first comer, A.Pers. 752 (troch.), cf. Fr.23 (lyr.);

    πρὶν ἐλθεῖν αὐτοὺς φθάσαι βουλόμενοι Th.7.36

    ;

    μὴ φθάσῃ ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ἐσπλεύσας Id.8

    , 100;

    φθάσαι πρὶν ἀδικηθῆναι Arist.Pol. 1302b23

    , cf. Rh. 1373a23; in later writers, τὰ φθάσαντα the things before mentioned, Ael.VH 1.34, Arg.D.46; part. φθάνων, φθάσας previous,

    τῶν φθασάντων δυεῖν βιβλίων Porph.Abst.3.1

    ; ἐν τοῖς φθάνουσιν ἔργοις Dex.Hist.Fr. 26 J.;

    τοῖς φθάνουσι κατορθώμασι Id.Fr.6

    J.;

    οἱ φθάσαντες πόνοι Agath.5.16

    ;

    τὸ φθάνον

    previous time,

    Ael.VH14.6

    ; τὸ φθάσαν, τὰ φθάσαντα, the past, Agath.3.2, al., Procop.Gaz.Ep.32;

    ὁ φθάσας χρόνος Men.

    Prot.p.127 D.
    2 with Preps., come or arrive first,

    ἕως τῶν οὐρανῶν LXX 2 Ch.28.9

    ;

    ἔφθασεν ἐφ' ὑμᾶς Ev.Matt.12.28

    , Ev.Luc.11.20, cf. 1 Ep.Thess.2.16: φ. εἰς .., simply, arriveat, attain to, Ep.Rom.9.31, Ep.Phil.3.16, Plu.2.338a;

    φθάσομεν εἰς Πηλούσι<ον> PPar.18.14

    (ii A. D.): abs., of Time, arrive, καιρὸς τῆς τομῆς ἔφθακε (v.l. ἔφθασεν) LXXCa. 2.12; ἔφθασεν ὁ μὴν ὁ ἕβδομος ib.2 Es.3.1.
    b extend,

    μέχρι γῆς Plot.3.27

    ;

    εἰς βορρᾶν PFlor.50.87

    (iii A. D.).
    c reach,

    αἰθέρα APl.4.384

    .
    d Gramm., to be applied or applicable,

    ἐπ' ἀμφοτέρας τὰς διαθέσεις A.D.Synt.211.22

    , cf. 217.23, al.
    III the action in which one is beforehand is expressed by the part. agreeing with the subject, [Ἄτη] πολλὸν ὑπεκπροθέει, φθάνει δέ τε πᾶσαν ἐπ' αἶαν βλάπτουσ' ἀνθρώπους and is beforehand in doing men mischief, Il.9.506; ἀλλ' ἄρα μιν φθῆ Τηλέμαχος κατόπισθε βαλών Telemachus was beforehand with him in striking, i.e. struck first, Od.22.91, cf. 16.383, Il.10.368;

    ἔφθασέν με προαπελθὼν Χάρμος PCair.Zen.16.3

    (iii B. C.); ἔφθησαν ἀπικόμενοι arrived first, Hdt.4.136, cf. 6.115; so φ. εὐεργετῶν to be the first to show a kindness, X.Mem.2.3.14;

    ὅπως φθάσειαν βοηθήσαντες Id.HG7.2.14

    ;

    ἔφθασαν προκαταλαβόντες Th.3.112

    ;

    φθάνουσιν αὐτοὺς προκαταφυγοῦσαι Id.2.91

    ;

    ἢν φθάσωσιν πρότερον διαφθείραντες τὸ στράτευμα Id.7.25

    ;

    φ. γόνασι προσπεσὼν πατρός E.HF 986

    , etc: part. [voice] Pass. is also used, ἦ κε πολὺ φθαίη πόλις ἁλοῦσα, i.e. it would be taken first, Il.13.815; εἴ κε φθήῃ τυπείς shall be wounded first, 16.861; φθαίητε γὰρ ἂν.. ἐξανδραποδισθέντες ἣ .. Hdt.6.108;

    μὴ φθάσωσι προεπιβουλευόμενοι Th.3.83

    ;

    ἔφθη κατακωλυθείς X.HG1.6.17

    ; φθάνειν δεῖ πεφραγμένους τοὶς πόρους they must first be blocked up, Id.Cyr.2.4.25: these clauses, being compar. in sense, are folld. by a gen., φθὰν δὲ μέγ' ἱππήων.. κοσμηθέντες were drawn up before the drivers, Il.11.51; more freq. by πρὶν .. or

    ἢ.., ἔφθη ὀρεξάμενος, πρὶν οὐτάσαι 16.322

    , cf. Antipho1.29, X. Cyr.3.2.4;

    φθήσονται τούτοισι πόδες καὶ γοῦνα καμόντα ἢ ὑμῖν Il.23.444

    ;

    ἔφθης πεζὸς ἰὼν ἢ ἐγὼ σὺν νηΐ Od.11.58

    ; ἔφθησαν ἀναβάντες πρὶν ἢ .. Hdt.9.70; ἔφθησαν ἐκπεσόντες πρότερον ἢ .. Id.6.91.
    b in later Gr., c. part. to express previous action or happening, φθάνω ὑμῖν πρότερον γεγραφηκώς I have already written to you, POxy.1666.3 (iii A. D.), cf. 237 vi30 (ii A. D.), etc.;

    ἔφθασα εἰρηκώς Luc.Pisc.29

    ;

    ὡς ἔφθην εἰπών Id.Par.3

    ; cf. 111.2b.
    2 in the same sense, part. φθάς or φθάσας, [dialect] Ep. φθάμενος, is used like an Adv. with a principal Verb, ὅς μ' ἔβαλε φθάμενος, for ὅς μ' ἔφθη βαλών, Il.5.119, cf. 13.387, Od. 19.449; οὐκ ἄλλος φθὰς ἐμεῦ κατήγορος ἔσται no other shall be an accuser before me, Hdt.3.71; ἀνέῳξάς με φθάσας you opened the door before me, Ar.Pl. 1102;

    φθάσας προσπεσοῦμαι Th.5.9

    , cf. 2.91, X.Cyr. 1.5.3, etc.; even with a part.,

    φθάσας.. ἁρπάσας Hdt.6.65

    ; rarely part. [tense] pres.,

    φθάνοντες δῃοῦμεν X.Cyr.3.3.18

    .
    3 rarely c. inf., ὁ φθάσας θαρσῆσαι he that first gains confidence, Th.3.82; σπεύδειν ὅπως.. φθαίης ἔτ' εἰς ἐκκλησίαν ἐλθεῖν (v.l. ἐλθών ) hurry to be in time to get to.., Ar.Eq. 935 (lyr.), cf. Nu. 1384 (v. infr. IV. 1); μόλις φθάνει θρόνοισιν ἐμπεσοῦσα μὴ χαμαὶ πεσεῖν hardly manages by falling first on the seat not to fall on the ground, E.Med. 1169; more freq. in later writers, of actions which one manages to do, does before or has done first or already, A.R.1.1189, D.H.4.59,61, Sor.1.111, Gal.15.2,93, Luc. DMort.13.2, Harm.2;

    ἐὰν φθάσω πρὸ τῆς τρύγης ἀνελθεῖν PSI8.971.10

    (iii/iv A. D.);

    ἐὰν ὁ ἰατρὸς αὐτὸ φθάσῃ κενῶσαι Gal.16.499

    ; φθάνοντος ἤδη πυρέττειν ἐκ τεττάρων ἡμερῶν τοῦ νοσοῦντος having already begun, ib.498; μὴ φθάνων προσηκόντως τρέφεσθαι if he is not first suitably nourished, Id.18(2).36, cf. 84,103; συμβαίνει φθάνειν ἀποθνῄσκειν τοὺς νεωτέρους the young die first, ib.222; εἰ φθάσαιμεν παλαιοὺς πίθους ἔχειν μεγάλους if we already have.., Gp.6.3.11, cf. 10.22.2, al., A.D.Pron.90.1;

    ἔφθακεν οὖν ταῦτα ἐψηφίσθαι καὶ τῇ βουλῇ IG12(9).906.26

    (Chalcis, iii A. D.).
    IV with negatives,
    1 with οὐ and part. (inf. is v. l. in Ar.Nu. 1384), folld. by καί or καὶ εὐθύς, of two actions following close on each other, οὐ φθάνειν χρὴ συσκιάζοντας γένυν καὶ.. ὁρμᾶν you must no sooner get your beard than you march, E.Supp. 1219; οὐ φθάνει ἐξαγόμενος καὶ εὐθὺς ὅμοιός ἐστι τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις no sooner is he brought out than he becomes unclean, X.Eq.5.10, cf. Ar.Nu. 1384; οὐκ ἔφθημεν εἰς Τροιζῆν' ἐλθόντες καὶ τοιαύταις νόσοις ἐλήφθημεν ἐξ ὧν .. no sooner had we come to Troezen than.., Isoc.19.22, cf. 5.53, 8.98, 9.53; οὐκ ἔφθη μοι συμβᾶσα ἡ ἀτυχία καὶ εὐθὺς ἐπεχείρησαν διαφορῆσαι τἄνδοθεν scarcely or no sooner had misfortune befallen me when.., D.57.65, cf. 43.69, Isoc.4.86.
    2 οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις, οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιτε, with part. [tense] pres., express a strong exhortation or urgent command, οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιτε τὴν ταχίστην ὀπίσω ἀπαλλασσόμενοι you could not be too quick in departing, i.e. make haste and be off, Hdt.7.162; οὐ φθάνοιτ' ἔτ' ἄν θνῄσκοντες make haste and die, E.Or. 936, cf. 941, Alc. 662, Heracl. 721, Tr. 456 (troch.), IT 245;

    οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιτον τοῦτο πράττοντε Ar.Pl. 485

    ; ἀποτρέχων οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις ib. 1133; εἰς ἀγορὰν ἰὼν ταχέως οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις ib. 874, cf. Ec. 118;

    οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις λέγων Pl. Smp. 185e

    , X.Mem.2.3.11; these phrases are not to be treated as questions, cf. οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιμι (sc. λέγων) Pl.Smp. 214e, cf. Phd. 100c, D.25.40, Luc.Fug.26, Symp.2, Anach.14: c. part. [tense] aor., once in Luc., Vit.Auct.26.
    b in 1, 2, or 3 pers., to express immediate futurity, οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις ἀκούων you shall hear in a moment, Pl.Euthd. 272d; οὐκ ἂν φθάνοι τὸ πλῆθος τούτοις τοῖς θηρίοις δουλεῦον will soon (or inevitably) be enslaved to.., D.24.143; also to express what is logically inevitable, οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιεν αὐτοὺς προσκυνοῦντες they will soon be (or cannot logically help) worshipping them, Aristeas 137;

    τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις καὶ Ἐμπεδοκλεῖ πρὸ αὐτοῦ ἐγκαλῶν Luc.Fug.2

    ;

    οὐκ ἂν φθάνοι κἀμὲ μάντιν λέγων Id.Hes.8

    ;

    οὐκ ἂν φθάνοι τις ἁπάσας ἀναιρῶν τὰς τοιαύτας προστασίας Id.Apol.11

    : c. part. [tense] aor., Id.Tox.2.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > φθάνω

  • 56 καταλαμβάνω

    καταλαμβάνω (s. λαμβάνω; Hom.+) 2 aor. κατέλαβον; pf. κατείληφα. Mid.: fut. καταλήψομαι LXX; 2 aor. κατελαβόμην. Pass.: fut. 3 pl. καταλη(μ)θήσονται (PsSol 15:9); 1 aor. κατελήμφθην Phil 3:12 (B-D-F §101 p. 53 s.v. λαμβ.; Mlt-H. 246f s.v. λαμβ.; on the form κατειλήφθη J 8:4 in the older NT editions s. W-S. §12, 1); pf. 3 sg. κατείληπται, ptc. κατειλημμένος. Gener. ‘to seize, lay hold of’ (of forceful seizure Plut., Cleom. 806 [4, 2]; POxy 1101, 26; PsSol 8:19)
    to make someth. one’s own, win, attain, act. and pass. (Diog. L. 5, 12 καταλαμβάνω means ‘come into possession of an inheritance’); abs. (though τὸ βραβεῖον is to be supplied fr. the context) of the winning of a prize 1 Cor 9:24. As a result of διώκειν (cp. Diod S 17, 73, 3 ἐπιδιώκων … τὸν Δαρεῖον … καταλαβών; Sir 11:10 ἐὰν διώκῃς, οὐ μὴ καταλάβῃς; 27:8) Phil 3:12a, 13: Χριστόν, corresp. to κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ Ἰ. vs. 12b. δικαιοσύνην Ro 9:30. ἐπίγνωσιν πατρός Dg 10:1 cj (vGebhardt for καὶ λάβῃς). The pass. is found in the mng. make one’s own in the ending of Mark in the Freer ms. 3 (KHaacker, ZNW 63, ’72, 125–29).—This may also be the mng. of κ. in J 1:5 ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ (=τὸ φῶς) οὐ κατέλαβεν (-λαμβάνει Tat. 13, 1; cp. Arrian., An. Alex. 1, 5, 10 εἰ νὺξ αὐτοὺς καταλήψεται ‘if the night would overtake them’; here preceded in 1, 5, 9 by k. in the sense ‘occupy’ of positions above a plain; s. Wetstein on J 1:5 and 2b below) the darkness did not grasp it (Hdb. ad loc.; so also Bultmann, and similarly JDyer, JBL 79, ’60, 70f: appreciate), in which case grasp easily passes over to the sense comprehend (the act. [for the mid. in the same sense s. 4a below] has the latter sense in Pla., Phdr. 250d; Polyb. 8, 4, 6; Dionys. Hal. 5, 46, 3; PTebt 15, 5; 38, 18; EpArist 1; Aristobul. [Eus., PE 8, 10, 10 and 17=Denis 219, 18 and 221, 5/Holladay p. 140, 2f and 148, 3]; Philo, Mut. Nom. 4; Jos., Vi. 56). Most Greek commentators since Origen take κ. here as overcome, suppress (Hdt. 1, 46 κ. τινῶν αὐξανομένην τὴν δύναμιν; 1, 87 τὸ πῦρ; WNagel, ZNW 50, ’59, 132–37). So Goodsp. put out (Probs. 93f). But perh. J intended to include both mngs. here (so FGingrich, ClW 37, ’43, 77), and some such transl. as master would suggest this (so MSmith, JBL 64, ’45, 510f).
    to gain control of someone through pursuit, catch up with, seize
    of authority figures catch up with, overtake (Hdt. 1:63 τοὺς φεύγοντας; Polyb. 1:47; Gen. 31:23; Judg 18:22; PsSol 15:8) διωκόμενοι κατελήμφθησαν they were pursued and overtaken AcPl Ha 11, 18.
    mostly of varieties of evil seize w. hostile intent, overtake, come upon (Hom.+; oft. LXX; TestSol 2:4 D; Wetstein and Zahn [comm.] on J 1:5 for other exx.; s. also SIG 434/5, 14) μὴ ἡμᾶς καταλάβῃ κακά lest evil overtake us (cp. Gen 19:19; Num 32:23) 2 Cl 10:1; cp. B 4:1. Of a hostile divinity ὅπου ἐὰν αὐτὸν καταλάβῃ wherever it seizes him (the sick man) Mk 9:18.
    esp. used of night, evening, darkness coming upon a pers. (Dionys. Hal. 2, 51, 3 ἑσπέρα γὰρ αὐτοὺς κατέλαβεν; Lucian, Tox. 31; 52; Philo, De Jos. 145; Jos., Ant. 5, 61 καταλαβοῦσα νύξ, Vi. 329 [GrBar 9:1]. But the thought in these instances is not necessarily always that of night as something hostile to humans in general. κ. can also mean simply ‘arrive’, ‘come on’, as in numerous exx. cited by Wetstein [above]; s. also Dionys. Hal. 10, 56, 1 ἐπεὶ κατέλαβεν ὁ τ. ἀρχαιρεσιῶν καιρός; Strabo 3, 1, 5; Jos., Ant. 4, 78) GJs 14:1 κατέλαβεν (-ἐβαλεν pap) αὐτὸν νύξ; J 6:17 v.l. σκοτία. In imagery, w. sugg. of sense in 2b: 12:35.
    to come upon someone, with implication of surprise, catch
    of moral authorities catch, detect (PLille 3, 58 [III B.C.]; Just., D. 47, 5 [noncanonical dominical saying]; PRyl 138, 15. Esp. of the detection of adultery Epict. 2, 4, 1; BGU 1024 III, 11; Sus 58) τινὰ ἐπί τινι someone in someth. ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ in adultery (Diod S 10, 20, 2 ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ κατειλημμένη) J 8:3 a woman caught in the act of adultery. Pass. (Just., A I, 47, 6) w. ptc. indicating the punishable act ἐπʼ αὐτοφώρῳ μοιχουομένη in the act of committing adultery vs. 4.
    of a thief: in imagery of the coming of ‘the day’, unexpected by the ‘children of darkness’ and fraught w. danger for them 1 Th 5:4.
    to process information, understand, grasp
    learn about someth. through process of inquiry, mid. grasp, find, understand (Dionys. Hal. 2, 66, 6; Sext. Emp., Math. 7, 288; Vett. Val. 225, 8; TestJob 37:6 τὰ βάθη τοῦ κυρίου al.; Philo, Mos. 1, 278; Jos., Ant. 8, 167; Tat. 4:2 [on Ro 1:20]; Ath. 5, 2; 24, 2) w. acc. and inf. Ac 25:25. W. ὅτι foll. 4:13; 10:34. W. indirect discourse foll. Eph 3:18.
    on J 1:5 s. 1 and 2 above.—B. 701; 1207. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καταλαμβάνω

  • 57 παραγίνομαι

    παραγίνομαι impf. 3 pl. παρεγίνοντο; 2 aor. παρεγενόμην and παρεγενήθην LXX; pf. παραγέγονα LXX; plpf. 3 sg. παραγεγόνει; inf. παραγεγενῆσθαι (Just) (Hom.+).
    to be in movement so as to be present at a particular place, draw near, come, arrive, be present (Aristoph., Hdt. et al.; Vi. Aesopi G 7 Isis; ins, pap, LXX)
    of pers. foll. by εἰς and acc. of place (Hdt.; SIG 474, 13f παραγεγονὼς δὲ [καὶ εἰς τὴν πό]λιν; POxy 743, 23 [2 B.C.]; PRyl 232, 3; Ex 16:35; Josh 24:11; Philo, Mos. 1, 86) Mt 2:1; J 8:2; Ac 9:26; 13:14 (w. ἀπὸ τ. Πέργης; cp. Jos., Ant. 18, 110); 15:4; AcPl Ant 13, 1 (=Aa I 236, 6); AcPl Cor 1:2. Also ἐν w. dat. of place (POxy 1185, 26; BGU 286, 6; Just., D. 51, 2) Ac 9:26 v.l.; ITr 1:1. Foll. by ἐπί τινα come against someone, mostly w. hostile purpose (Thu. 2, 95, 3; 2 Macc 4:34; 8:16; 11:2; 12:6; 15:24.—ἐπί 12b) Lk 22:52. Foll. by πρός τινα (Lucian, Philops. 6; PCairZen 214, 5 [254 B.C.] πρὸς ἡμᾶς; PSI 341, 4; PEleph 9, 4; Ex 2:18; Judg 8:15; Jos., Ant. 6, 131) Lk 7:4, 20; 8:19; 22:52 v.l.; Ac 20:18. φίλος παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με Lk 11:6 (παραγίνεσθαι ἐκ as SIG 663, 4; PMagd 1, 10 [III B.C.]; Gen 35:9; 1 Macc 5:14; Jos., Vi. 248 ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ παρεγενόμην). παραγίνεται ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰορδάνην πρὸς τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 3:13 (π. ἐπί w. acc. of place as SIG 633, 85 al.; Sb 3925, 4; Jdth 6:11; 14:13; Bel 15). ἐνθάδε AcPlCor 1:16. Abs. Mk 14:43; Lk 14:21; 19:16; J 3:23; Ac 5:21f, 25; 9:39; 10:33; 11:23; 14:27; 17:10; 18:27; 21:18; 23:16, 35; 24:17, 24; 25:7; 28:21; 1 Cor 16:3; 1 Cl 12:6; IRo 6:2; Hs 9, 5, 7; AcPlCor 1:7.
    of things taught: ἐντολὰς … τὰς … ἀπʼ αὐτῆς παραγινομένας τῆς ἀληθείας instructions which proceed directly from the truth Papias (2:3). Somet. the coming has rather the sense
    make a public appearance, appear of J. the Baptist Mt 3:1. Of Jesus, w. inf. of purpose foll. (cp. 1 Macc 4:46) Lk 12:51. Χριστὸς παραγενόμενος ἀρχιερεύς Hb 9:11.
    to come to help, stand by, come to the aid of (Trag.; Thu. 3, 54, 4; Pla., Rep. 2, 368b) οὐδείς μοι παρεγένετο 2 Ti 4:16.—DELG s.v. γίγνομαι. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > παραγίνομαι

  • 58 ἔχω

    ἔχω (Hom.+) impf. εἶχον, 1 pl. εἴχαμεν and 3 pl. εἶχαν (both as vv.ll.; Mlt-H. 194; B-D-F §82) Mk 8:7; Rv 9:8 or εἴχοσαν (B-D-F §84, 2; Mlt-H. 194; Kühner-Bl. II p. 55) J 15:22, 24; 2 aor. ἔσχον; mixed aor. forms include ἔσχαν Hv 3, 5, 1, ἔσχοσαν 1 Esdr 6:5; 1 Macc 10:15 (ἔσχον, εἴχον vv.ll.); pf. ἔσχηκα; plpf. ἐσχήκειν.—In the following divisions: act. trans. 1–9; act. intr. 10; mid. 11.
    to possess or contain, have, own (Hom.+)
    to possess someth. that is under one’s control
    α. own, possess (s. esp. TestJob 9f) κτήματα πολλά own much property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. πρόβατα Lk 15:4; J 10:16. θησαυρόν Mt 19:21; Mk 10:21b. βίον living Lk 21:4; 1J 3:17. δραχμὰς δέκα Lk 15:8. πλοῖα Rv 18:19. κληρονομίαν Eph 5:5. θυσιαστήριον Hb 13:10a; μέρος ἔ. ἔν τινι have a share in someth. Rv 20:6. Gener. μηδὲν ἔ. own nothing (SibOr 3, 244) 2 Cor 6:10. ὅσα ἔχεις Mk 10:21; cp. 12:44; Mt 13:44, 46; 18:25. τί ἔχεις ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what do you have that you have not been given? 1 Cor 4:7. The obj. acc. is often used w. an adj. or ptc.: ἔ. ἅπαντα κοινά have everything in common Ac 2:44 (cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 18). ἔ. πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα have many good things stored up Lk 12:19.—Hb 12:1. Abs. ἔ. have (anything) (Soph.et al.; Sir 13:5; 14:11) Mt 13:12a; Mk 4:25a; Lk 8:18a. ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν in accordance w. what you have 2 Cor 8:11. ἔ. εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν have (enough) to complete Lk 14:28. W. neg. ἔ. have nothing Mt 13:12b; Mk 4:25b; Lk 8:18b.—ὁ ἔχων the one who has, who is well off (Soph., Aj. 157; Eur., Alc. 57; X., An. 7, 3, 28; Ar. 15:7). πᾶς ὁ ἔχων everyone who has (anything) Mt 25:29a; Lk 19:26a. ὁ μὴ ἔχων the one who has nothing (X., An. 7, 3, 28; 1 Esdr 9:51, 54; 2 Esdr 18:10) Mt 25:29b; Lk 19:26b; 1 Cor 11:22.
    β. have = hold in one’s charge or keeping ἔ. τὰς κλεῖς hold the keys Rv 1:18; cp. 3:7. τὸ γλωσσόκομον the money-box J 12:6; 13:29.
    to contain someth. have, possess, of the whole in relation to its parts
    α. of living beings, of parts of the body in men and animals μέλη Ro 12:4a; cp. 1 Cor 12:12. σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα Lk 24:39 (Just., A I, 66, 2 καὶ σάρκα καὶ αἷμα) ἀκροβυστίαν Ac 11:3. οὖς Rv 2:7, 11. ὦτα Mt 11:15; Mk 7:16; Lk 8:8. χεῖρας, πόδας, ὀφθαλμούς Mt 18:8f; Mk 9:43, 45, 47. Of animals and animal-like beings ἔ. πρόσωπον Rv 4:7. πτέρυγας vs. 8. κέρατα 5:6. ψυχάς 8:9. τρίχας 9:8. κεφαλάς 12:3 (TestAbr B 14 p. 118, 19 [Stone p. 84]) al. ἔχοντες ὑγιῆ τὴν σάρκα AcPlCor 2:32 (Just., D. 48, 3 σάρκα ἔχων). Of plants (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62] εὗρον δένδρον … ἔχον κλάδους) ῥίζαν ἔ. Mt 13:6; Mk 4:6.
    β. of inanimate things: of cities τ. θεμελίους ἔ. Hb 11:10; cp. Rv 21:14. Of a head-covering χαρακτῆρα ἔχει βασιλικόν has a royal emblem GJs 2:2.
    to have at hand, have at one’s disposal have ἄρτους Mt 14:17; cp. 15:34; J 21:5, where the sense is prob. ‘Did you catch any fish for breakfast?’. οὐκ ἔχω ὸ̔ παραθήσω αὐτῷ I have nothing to set before him Lk 11:6. μὴ ἐχόντων τί φάγωσι since they had nothing to eat Mk 8:1; cp. Mt 15:32 (Soph., Oed. Col. 316 οὐκ ἔχω τί φῶ). οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω I have no place to store Lk 12:17. ἄντλημα a bucket J 4:11a. οἰκίας ἔ. have houses (at one’s disposal) 1 Cor 11:22. Of pers.: have (at one’s disposal) (PAmh 92, 18 οὐχ ἕξω κοινωνόν and oft. in pap) Moses and the prophets Lk 16:29. παράκλητον an advocate, a helper 1J 2:1. οὐδένα ἔ. ἰσόψυχον Phil 2:20. ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἔ. J 5:7.
    to have within oneself have σύλλημα ἔχει ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου she has something conceived through the Holy Spirit GJs 18:1. Var. constr. w. ἐν: of women ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. be pregnant (γαστήρ 2) Mt 1:18, 23 (Is 7:14); 24:19; Mk 13:17; Lk 21:23; 1 Th 5:3; Rv 12:2. ἔ. τινὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ have someone in one’s heart Phil 1:7 (Ovid, Metam. 2, 641 aliquem clausum pectore habere). ἔ. τι ἐν ἑαυτῷ (Jos., Ant. 8, 171; cp. TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 14 [Stone p. 8] ἔκρυψεν τὸ μυστήριον, μόνος ἔχων ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ): ζωήν J 5:26. τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1J 5:10; τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου have a sentence of death within oneself 2 Cor 1:9.
    to have with oneself or in one’s company have μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 17) τινά someone Mt 15:30; 26:11; Mk 2:19; 14:7; J 12:8; AcPl Ha 8, 35; σὺν αὐτῷ 4:18.—The ptc. w. acc. = with (Diod S 12, 78, 1 ἔχων δύναμιν with a [military] force; 18, 61, 1 ὁ θρόνος ἔχων τὸ διάδημα the throne with the diadem; JosAs 27:8 ἔχοντες ἐσπασμένας τὰς ῥομφαίας ‘with their swords drawn’) ἀνέβησαν ἔχοντες αὐτόν they went up with him Lk 2:42 D.
    to stand in a close relationship to someone, have, have as
    of relatives πατέρα ἔ. J 8:41. ἀδελφούς Lk 16:28. ἄνδρα (Aristot., Cat. 15b, 27f λεγόμεθα δὲ καὶ γυναῖκα ἔχειν καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἄνδρα; Tob 3:8 BA) be married (of the woman) J 4:17f; 1 Cor 7:2b, 13; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). γυναῖκα of the man (cp. Lucian, Tox. 45; SIG 1160 γυναικὸς Αἴ., τῆς νῦν ἔχει; PGM 13, 320; 1 Esdr 9:12, 18; Just., D. 141, 4 πολλὰς ἔσχον γυναίκας. As early as Od. 11, 603 Heracles ἔχει Ἥβην) 1 Cor 7:2a, 12, 29 (for the wordplay cp. Heliod. 1, 18, 4 in connection w. the handing over of a virgin: σὺ ἔχων οὐκ ἕξεις; Crates, 7th Ep. [p. 58, 8 Malherbe] πάντʼ ἔχοντες οὐδὲν ἔχετε). τέκνα Mt 21:28; 22:24; 1 Ti 3:4; 5:4; Tit 1:6. υἱούς (Artem. 5, 42 τὶς τρεῖς ἔχων υἱούς; cp. θυγατέρα TestAbr B 10 p. 114, 17 [Stone p.76]) Lk 15:11; Gal 4:22. σπέρμα have children Mt 22:25. W. acc. as obj. and in predicate (Ar. 8, 4 τούτους συνηγόρους ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας; 11, 3 ἔσχε μοιχὸν τὸν Ἄρην; Ath. 7, 2 ἔχομεν προφήτας μάρτυρας) ἔ. τινὰ πατέρα have someone as father Mt 3:9. ἔ. τινὰ γυναῖκα (w. γυναῖκα to be understood fr. the context) 14:4; cp. Mk 6:18; ὥστε γυναῖκά τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔ. that someone has taken his father’s wife (as his own wife: the simple ἔχειν in this sense as Plut., Cato Min. 21, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 10 §34; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 147. Perh. an illicit relationship is meant, as Longus 4, 17; Hesychius Miles. [VI A.D.], Viri Ill. 4 JFlach [1880] ἔχω Λαί̈δα) 1 Cor 5:1 (Diod S 20, 33, 5 of a man who had illicit relations with his stepmother: ἔχειν λάθρᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν Ἀλκίαν).
    more gener. φίλον have a friend Lk 11:5. ἀσθενοῦντας have sick people Lk 4:40 and χήρας widows 1 Ti 5:16 to care for; παιδαγωγοὺς ἔ. 1 Cor 4:15. δοῦλον Lk 17:7. οἰκονόμον 16:1; κύριον ἔ. have a master, i.e. be under a master’s control Col 4:1; δεσπότην ἔ. 1 Ti 6:2; βασιλέα J 19:15. ἀρχιερέα Hb 4:14; 8:1. ποιμένα Mt 9:36. ἔχων ὑπʼ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας I have soldiers under me Lk 7:8. W. direct obj. and predicate acc. ἔ. τινὰ ὑπηρέτην have someone as an assistant Ac 13:5 (Just., A I, 14, 1) ἔ. τινὰ τύπον have someone as an example Phil 3:17.—Of the relation of Christians to God and to Jesus ἔ. θεόν, τὸν πατέρα, τὸν υἱόν have God, the Father, the Son, i.e. be in communion w. them 1J 2:23; 2J 9; AcPl Ha 4, 7.—HHanse, at end of this entry.
    to take a hold on someth., have, hold (to), grip
    of holding someth. in one’s hand ἔ. τι ἐν τῇ χειρί have someth. in one’s hand (since Il. 18, 505) Rv 1:16; 6:5; 10:2; 17:4. Of holding in the hand without ἐν τῇ χειρί (Josh 6:8; JosAs 5:7) ἔ. κιθάραν 5:8. λιβανωτὸν χρυσοῦν 8:3, cp. vs. 6; 14:17 and s. ἀλάβαστρον Mt 26:7 and Mk 14:3.
    of keeping someth. safe, a mina (a laborer’s wages for about three months) in a handkerchief keep safe Lk 19:20.
    of holding fast to matters of transcendent importance, fig. τὴν μαρτυρίαν Rv 6:9; 12:17; 19:10; the secret of Christian piety 1 Ti 3:9; an example of sound teaching 2 Ti 1:13; keep (Diod S 17, 93, 1 τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν=keep control) Mk 6:18.
    of states of being hold, hold in its grip, seize (Hom. et al.; PGiss 65a, 4 παρακαλῶ σε κύριέ μου, εἰδότα τὴν ἔχουσάν με συμφορὰν ἀπολῦσαί μοι; Job 21:6; Is 13:8; Jos., Ant. 3, 95 δέος εἶχε τοὺς Ἑβρ.; 5, 63; Just., D. 19, 3) εἶχεν αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις trembling and amazement had seized them Mk 16:8.
    to carry/bear as accessory or part of a whole, have on, wear, of clothing, weapons, etc. (Hom. et al.; LXX; TestAbr B p. 114, 22 [Stone p. 76]) τὸ ἔνδυμα Mt 3:4; 22:12 (cp. ἔνδυσιν TestJob 25:7). κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων w. τὶ to be supplied while he wears (a covering) on his head 1 Cor 11:4. ἔ. θώρακας Rv 9:9, 17. ἔ. μάχαιραν wear a sword (Jos., Ant. 6, 190) J 18:10. Sim. of trees ἔ. φύλλα have leaves Mk 11:13 (ApcSed. 8:8).
    be in a position to do someth., can, be able, ἔ. w. inf. foll. (Hom. et al.; cp. Eur., Hec. 761; Hdt. 1, 49; Pla., Phd. p. 76d; Demosth., Ep. 2, 22; Theocr. 10, 37 τὸν τρόπον οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν=I cannot specify the manner; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 21, 2, Hermot. 55; Epict. 1, 9, 32; 2, 2, 24 al.; Ael. Aristid. 51, 50 K.=27 p. 546 D.: οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν; PPetr II, 12, 1, 16; PAmh 131, 15; Pr 3:27; ApcEsdr 2:24; 3:7; 6:5; TestAbr A 8, p. 86, 13 [Stone p. 20]; Jos., Ant. 1, 338; 2, 58; Just., A I, 19, 5, D. 4, 6 οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν) ἔ. ἀποδοῦναι be able to pay Mt 18:25a; Lk 7:42; 14:14. μὴ ἔ. περισσότερον τι ποιῆσαι be in a position to do nothing more 12:4. οὐδὲν ἔ. ἀντειπεῖν be able to make a reply Ac 4:14; cp. Tit 2:8. ἔ. κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ J 8:6 (cp. 9a below, end). ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι οὐκ ἔχω I have nothing definite to write Ac 25:26a; cp. 26b. ἔ. μεταδιδόναι Eph 4:28a. ἔ. τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι be able to recall these things to mind 2 Pt 1:15. κατʼ οὐδενὸς εἶχεν μείζονος ὀμόσαι he could swear by no one greater Hb 6:13. In the same sense without the actual addition of the inf., which is automatically supplied fr. context (X., An. 2, 1, 9) ὸ̔ ἔσχεν (i.e. ποιῆσαι) ἐποίησεν she has done what she could Mk 14:8.
    to have an opinion about someth., consider, look upon, view w. acc. as obj. and predicate acc. (POxy 292, 6 [c. 25 A.D.] ἔχειν αὐτὸν συνεσταμένον=look upon him as recommended; 787 [16 A.D.]; PGiss 71, 4; Job 30:9; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 19; Ath. 32, 3 τοὺς μὲν υἱοὺς … νοοῦμεν, τοὺς δὲ ἀδελφούς ἔχομεν) ἔχε με παρῃτημένον consider me excused (= don’t expect me to come) Lk 14:18b, 19 (cp. Martial 2, 79 excusatum habeas me). τινὰ ἔντιμον ἔ. hold someone in honor Phil 2:29. ἔ. τινὰ ὡς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 14:5; 21:26, 46 v.l. (cp. GNicod 5 [=Acta Pilati B 5 p. 297 Tdf.] ἔχειν [Jannes and Jambres] ὡς θεούς; Just., D. 47, 5 τὸν μετανοοῦντα … ὡς δίκαιον καὶ ἀναμάρτητον ἔχει). ἔ. τινὰ εἰς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 21:46 (cp. Duris [III B.C.]: 76 Fgm. 21 Jac. ὸ̔ν εἰς θεοὺς ἔχουσιν). εἶχον τ. Ἰωάννην ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν they thought that John was really a prophet Mk 11:32.
    to experience someth., have (freq. in auxiliary capacity CTurner, JTS 28, 1927, 357–60)
    of all conditions of body and soul (Hom. et al.; LXX)
    α. of illness, et al. (ApcMos 6 νόσον καὶ πόνον ἔχω; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 305) ἀσθενείας have sicknesses/diseases Ac 28:9. μάστιγας physical troubles Mk 3:10. πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης Rv 13:14. θλῖψιν J 16:33b; 1 Cor 7:28; Rv 2:10. Esp. of possession by hostile spirits: δαιμόνιον ἔ. be possessed by an evil spirit Mt 11:18; Lk 7:33; 8:27; J 7:20; 8:48f, 52; 10:20. Βεελζεβούλ Mk 3:22. πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον vs. 30; 7:25; Ac 8:7. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου Lk 4:33. πνεῦμα πονηρόν Ac 19:13. πνεῦμα ἄλαλον Mk 9:17. πνεῦμα ἀσθενείας spirit of sickness Lk 13:11. τὸν λεγιῶνα (the evil spirit called) Legion Mk 5:15.
    β. gener. of conditions, characteristics, capabilities, emotions, inner possession: ἀγάπην ἔ. have love (cp. Diod S 3, 58, 3 φιλίαν ἔχειν; Just., D. 93, 4 φιλίαν ἢ ἀγάπην ἔχοντε) J 5:42; 13:35; 15:13; 1J 4:16; 1 Cor 13:1ff; 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 2:2; 1 Pt 4:8. ἀγνωσίαν θεοῦ fail to know God 1 Cor 15:34. ἁμαρτίαν J 9:41; 15:22a. ἀσθένειαν Hb 7:28. γνῶσιν 1 Cor 8:1, 10 (Just., A II, 13, 1; D. 28, 4). ἐλπίδα Ac 24:15; Ro 15:4; 2 Cor 3:12; 10:15; Eph 2:12; 1J 3:3 (Ath. 33, 1). ἐπιθυμίαν Phil 1:23. ἐπιποθίαν Ro 15:23b; ζῆλον ἔ. have zeal Ro 10:2. Have jealousy Js 3:14. θυμόν Rv 12:12. λύπην (ApcMos 3 p. 2, 16 Tdf.) J 16:21f; 2 Cor 2:3; Phil 2:27; μνείαν τινὸς ἔ. remember someone 1 Th 3:6. παρρησίαν Phlm 8; Hb 10:19; 1J 2:28; 3:21; 4:17; 5:14. πεποίθησιν 2 Cor 3:4; Phil 3:4. πίστιν Mt 17:20; 21:21; Mk 4:40; Ac 14:9; Ro 14:22; 1 Cor 13:2; 1 Ti 1:19 al. (Just., A I, 52, 1). προφητείαν have the gift of prophecy 1 Cor 13:2. σοφίαν (X., Mem. 2, 3, 10) Rv 17:9. συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν Hb 10:2. καλὴν συνείδησιν 13:18; ἀγαθὴν ς. 1 Ti 1:19; 1 Pt 3:16; ἀπρόσκοπον ς. Ac 24:16; ὑπομονήν Rv 2:3. φόβον 1 Ti 5:20. χαράν Phlm 7. χάριν ἔ. τινί be grateful to someone Lk 17:9; 1 Ti 1:12; 2 Ti 1:3; σιγὴν ἔ. be silent Hs 9, 11, 5. ἀνάγκην ἔσχον I felt it necessary Jd 3 (HKoskenniemi, Studien zur Idee und Phraseologie des Griechischen Briefes bis 400 n. Chr. ’56, 78–87).
    γ. of advantages, benefits, or comforts that one enjoys: ἔ. τὰ αἰτήματα to have been granted the requests 1J 5:15; ἀνάπαυσιν ἔ. have rest Rv 4:8; 14:11; ἀπόλαυσιν τινος ἔ. enjoy someth. Hb 11:25. βάθος γῆς Mt 13:5b; Mk 4:5b; γῆν πολλήν Mt 13:5a; Mk 4:5a. τὴν προσέλευσιν τὴν πρὸς τὸν κύριον AcPl Ha 8, 22f; εἰρήνην Ro 5:1. ἐλευθερίαν Gal 2:4. S. ἐξουσία, ἐπαγγελία, ἔπαινος, ζωή, ἰκμάς, καιρός, καρπός, καύχημα, καύχησις, λόγος, μισθός, νοῦς, πνεῦμα, προσαγωγή, πρόφασις, τιμή, χάρις (=favor), χάρισμα.
    δ. of a sense of obligation in regard to someth.—W. dir. object have = have someth. over one, be under someth.: ἀνάγκην ἔχειν be under necessity 1 Cor 7:37a; w. inf. foll. have a need (ἀνάγκη 1) Lk 14:18; 23:16 v.l.; Hb 7:27; χρείαν ἔ. be in need abs. Eph 4:28b; τινός need someth. (Aeschyl. et al.; SIG 333, 20; 421, 35 al.; PPetr III, 42 G 9, 7 [III B.C.] ἐάν τινος χρείαν ἔχῃς; Ath. 13, 2 ποίας ἔτι χρείαν ἑκατόμβης ἔχει;) Mt 6:8; 9:12a; Mk 11:3; Lk 19:31, 34; J 13:29; 1 Cor 12:21; Hb 10:36 al.; w. inf. foll. (TestSol 13:2) Mt 3:14; 14:16; J 13:10; 1 Th 1:8; 4:9; 5:1. νόμον J 19:7. ἐπιταγήν 1 Cor 7:25. ἐντολήν (SIG 559, 9 ἔ. τὰς ἰντολάς; 1 Esdr 4:52; 2 Macc 3:13; Jos., Bell. 1, 261) Hb 7:5; 1J 2:7; 4:21; 2J 5; cp. J 14:21. διακονίαν 2 Cor 4:1. ἀγῶνα Phil 1:30; Col 2:1. πρᾶξιν Ro 12:4b. ἔγκλημα Ac 23:29. κόλασιν ApcPt Bodl. (ApcEsdr 1:22 p. 25, 17 Tdf.).
    ε. of a sense of inevitability in respect to some action.—W. inf. foll. one must (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 3 καθαιρεθῆναι ἔχεις=you must be deposed; Porphyr., Against the Christians 63 Harnack [ABA 1916] παθεῖν; Gen 18:31; Jos., Ant. 19, 348 τοῦ τεθνάναι; TestSol 5:12 σίδηρα ἔχεις φορέσαι; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 22 [Stone p. 48] τοῦ βίου τοῦτου ἀπαλλάξαι εἶχες; Just., D. 51, 2 ἔργῳ πεισθήναι ὑμῶν ἐχόντων) βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι I must undergo a baptism Lk 12:50. ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν I have someth. to say to you (Lucian, Philops. 1 ἔχεις μοι εἰπεῖν. Without dat. Aelian, VH 2, 23; Jos., Ant. 16, 312) 7:40. καινόν σοι θέαμα ἔχω ἐξηγήσασθαι I have a wonderful new thing to tell you=‘I must tell you about something wonderful that I’ve just seen’ GJs 19:3. ἀπαγγεῖλαι Ac 23:17, 19; cp. vs. 18. πολλὰ γράφειν 2J 12; 3J 13.
    of temporal circumstances w. indications of time and age: πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις you are not yet fifty years old J 8:57 (cp. Jos., Ant. 1, 198). τριάκοντα κ. ὀκτὼ ἔτη ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ αὐτοῦ who had been sick for 38 years 5:5 (Cyranides p. 63, 25 πολὺν χρόνον ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀρρωστίᾳ. W. cardinal numeral TestJob 26:1 δέκα ἑπτὰ ἔτη ἔχω ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς; POxy 1862, 17 τέσσαρες μῆνας ἔχει. Mirac. S. Georgii 44, 7 [JAufhauser 1913] ἔσχεν … ἔτη ἑπτά); cp. Mt 9:20 v.l. τέσσαρας ἡμέρας ἔ. ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ have lain in the grave for four days J 11:17 (Jos., Ant. 7, 1 αὐτοῦ δύο ἡμέρας ἔχοντος ἐν τῇ Σεκέλλᾳ). πολὺν χρόνον ἔ. be (somewhere or in a certain condition) for a long time 5:6. ἡλικίαν ἔχειν be of age (Pla., Euthyd. 32, 306d; Plut., Mor. 547a; BGU 168 τοῖς ἀτελέσι ἔχουσι τὴν ἡλικίαν) 9:21, 23. τέλος ἔχειν have an end, be at an end (Lucian, Charon 17; UPZ 81 III, 20 [II A.D.] τέλος ἔχει πάντα; Ar. 4:2 ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος) Mk 3:26; Lk 22:37 (on the latter pass. s. τέλος 2); cp. Hb 7:3.
    as connective marker, to have or include in itself, bring about, cause w. acc. (Hom. et al.; Wsd 8:16) of ὑπομονή: ἔργον τέλειον Js 1:4. Of πίστις: ἔργα 2:17. Of φόβος: κόλασιν 1J 4:18. Of παρρησία: μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν Hb 10:35. Of πολυτέλεια: λύπην, χαράν Hs 1, 10. ἐσχάτην εὐλογίαν, ἥτις διαδοχὴν οὐκ ἔχει ultimate blessing, which has no successor GJs 6:2.
    special combinations
    w. prep. ἐν: τὸν θεὸν ἔ. ἐν ἐπιγνώσει acknowledge God Ro 1:28 (cp. ἐν ὀργῇ ἔ. τινά=‘be angry at someone’, Thu. 2, 18, 5; 2, 21, 3; ἐν ὀρρωδίᾳ ἔ. τ. 2, 89, 1; ἐν ἡδονῇ ἔ. τ.=‘be glad to see someone’ 3, 9, 1; ἐν εὐνοίᾳ ἔ. Demosth. 18, 167). ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (ἕτοιμος b). ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν he has no hold on me J 14:30 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 32 §125 ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι=have someth. [hope of safety] in someone). κατά τινος: on 1 Cor 11:4 s. above 4. ἔ. τι κατά τινος have someth. against someone Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:14. ἔ. κατά τινος w. sim. mng. Hm 2:2; Hs 9, 23, 2; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:4, 20. ἔ. τινὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον meet someone face to face Ac 25:16. μετά: ἔ. τι μετά τινος have someth. w. someone κρίματα lawsuits 1 Cor 6:7. περί: ἔ. περί τινος have (a word, a reference, an explanation) about someth. B 12:1; with adv. τελείως 10:10. πρός τινα have someth. against someone (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21 ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον) Ac 24:19. ζητήματα ἔ. πρός τινα have differences w. someone (on points in question) 25:19. λόγον ἔ. πρός τινα 19:38. πρᾶγμα (=Lat. causa, ‘lawsuit’: BGU 19 I, 5; 361 II, 4) ἔ. πρός τινα (POxy 743, 19 [2 B.C.] εἰ πρὸς ἄλλους εἶχον πρᾶγμα; BGU 22:8) 1 Cor 6:1. ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατηγορίαν αὐτοῦ J 8:4 D (cp. 5 above). πρός τινα ἔ. μομφήν have a complaint against someone Col 3:13.
    τοῦτο ἔχεις ὅτι you have this (in your favor), that Rv 2:6. ἔ. ὁδόν be situated (a certain distance) away (cp. Peripl. Eryth. 37: Ὡραία ἔχουσα ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ θαλάσσης) of the Mt. of Olives ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἰερουσαλὴμ σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν Ac 1:12.—ἴδε ἔχεις τὸ σόν here you have what is yours Mt 25:25. ἔχετε κουστωδίαν there you have a guard (=you can have a guard) 27:65 (cp. POxy 33 III, 4).
    to be in some state or condition, act. intr. (spatially: Ath. 25, 1 οἱ ἄγγελοι … περὶ τόν ἀέρα ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν γῆν) w. adv. (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX).
    impers. it is, the situation is (Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 10 πῶς ὑμῖν ἔχειν ταῦτα δοκεῖ; =how does this situation seem to you? Just., D. 3, 5 τὸ … ὡσαύτως ἀεὶ ἔχων) ἄλλως 1 Ti 5:25. οὕτως (Antig. Car. 20; Cebes 4, 1; POxy 294, 11 [22 A.D.] εἰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; TestSol 20:8; Jos., Ant. 15, 261; Just., D. 3:5 οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει) Ac 7:1; 12:15; 17:11; 24:9. τὸ καλῶς ἔχον what is right 1 Cl 14:2 (Michel 543, 12 [c. 200 B.C.] καλῶς ἔχον ἐστὶ τιμᾶσθαι τοὺς εὔνους ἄνδρας). τὸ νῦν ἔχον for the present Ac 24:25 (cp. Plut., Mor. 749a; Lucian, Anachars. 40, Catapl. 13 τὸ δὲ νῦν ἔχον μὴ διάτριβε; Tob 7:11).
    pers. be (in a certain way) πῶς ἔχουσιν how they are Ac 15:36 (cp. Gen 43:27; Jos., Ant. 4, 112). ἑτοίμως ἔ. be ready, hold oneself in readiness w. inf. foll. (BGU 80, 17 [II A.D.] ἡ Σωτηρία ἑτοίμως ἔχουσα καταγράψαι; Da 3:15 LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 6; Just., D. 50, 1) 21:13; 2 Cor 12:14; 1 Pt 4:5. Also ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (s. ἕτοιμος b end). εὖ ἔ. be well-disposed πρός τινα toward someone Hs 9, 10, 7 (cp. Demosth. 9, 63 ἥδιον ἔχειν πρός τινα; SIG 1094, 4 φιλανθρώπως ἔχει πρὸς πάντας). κακῶς ἔ. be sick (Aristoph. et al.; POxy 935, 15; Ezk 34:4) Mt 4:24; 8:16; 9:12b; 17:15 v.l. (see πάσχω 2). καλῶς ἔ. be well, healthy (Epict. 1, 11, 4; PGen 54, 8; PFlor 230, 24) Mk 16:18; ἐσχάτως ἔ. (s. ἐσχάτως) 5:23; κομψότερον ἔ. feel better (κομψῶς ἔ.: Epict. 2, 18, 14; 3, 10, 13; PParis 18; PTebt 414, 10 ἐὰν κομψῶς σχῶ) J 4:52.
    to be closely associated, in a variety of renderings, hold fast, be next to, be next, mid. (Hom. et al.) in NT only ptc.
    of proper situation or placement, esp. of inner belonging hold fast, cling to. The ‘to’ of belonging and the ‘with’ of association are expressed by the gen. (Theognis 1, 32 ἀεὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο=ever hold fast to the good people; X., Oec. 6, 1; Pla., Leg. 7, 811d; Lucian, Hermot. 69 ἐλπίδος οὐ μικρᾶς ἐχόμενα λέγεις; Sallust. 14 p. 26, 24 τ. θεῶν; Philo, Agr. 101 τὰ ἀρετῆς ἐχόμενα; Jos., Ant. 10, 204 οὐδὲν ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας ἐχόμενον, C. Ap. 1, 83 παλαιᾶς ἱστορίας ἐχόμενον; Just., A I, 68, 1 λόγου καὶ ἀληθείας ἔχεσθαι; Tat. 33, 1 μανίας ἔχεται πολλῆς; Ath., R. 48, 3 λόγῳ … ἀληθείας ἐχομένῳ) τὰ ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας things that belong to salvation Hb 6:9.
    of proximity
    α. spatial, to be next to someth: ἐχόμενος neighboring (Isocr. 4, 96 νῆσος; Hdt. 1, 134 al. οἱ ἐχόμενοι=‘the neighbors’; Diod S 5, 15, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 71 §294; Arrian, Peripl. 7, 2; PParis 51, 5 and oft. in pap; 1 Esdr 4:42; Jos., Ant. 6, 6 πρὸς τὰς ἐχομένας πόλεις; 11, 340) κωμοπόλεις Mk 1:38.
    β. temporal, to be next, immediately following (Thu. 6, 3, 2 τ. ἐχομένου ἔτους al.; SIG 800, 15; PRev 34, 20; PAmh 49, 4; PTebt 124, 43; LXX) τῇ ἐχομένῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ, as Polyb. 3, 112, 1; 5, 13, 9; 2 Macc 12:39; Jos., Ant. 6, 235; 7, 18 al.; cp. εἰς τὴν ἐχομένην [i.e. ἡμέραν] PMich 173, 16 [III B.C.]) on the next day Lk 13:33 (v.l. ἐρχομένῃ); Ac 20:15; w. ἡμέρᾳ added (PAmh 50, 17) 21:26. τῷ ἐχομένῳ σαββάτῳ 13:44 v.l. (for ἐρχομένῳ; cp. 1 Macc 4:28, where the witnesses are similarly divided).—On the whole word HHanse, ‘Gott Haben’ in d. Antike u. im frühen Christentum ’39.—B. 641; 740. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἔχω

  • 59 συνίημι

    συνίημι, also [pref] ξυν-, [ per.] 2sg. ξυνίης [ῑ] S.El. 1347, Ar.Pl.45, ([etym.] συν-) Pl. Sph. 238e; [ per.] 3sg. and pl. συνίει, συνίουσι, LXX 1 Ki.18.15; imper.
    A

    ξυνίει Od.1.271

    , etc. (

    ξύνιε Thgn.1240

    is prob. corrupt); [ per.] 3sg. subj.

    συνιῇ Pl. Prt. 325c

    ; inf. συνιέναι, [dialect] Ep.

    - ῑέμεν Hes.Th. 831

    ; also

    συνιεῖν Thgn. 565

    , later

    συνίειν LXX 1 Ki.2.10

    , al.; part.

    ξυνῑείς Ar.Lys. 1016

    (lyr.), ([etym.] συν-) Pl.Sph. 253b, etc.; later

    συνίων LXX 1 Ki.18.14

    : [tense] impf.

    συνίην Ach.Tat.1.9

    ; συνίειν (s. v.l.) Luc.DDeor.6.2, Philops.39; [ per.] 3sg.

    ξυνίει X.An.7.6.9

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    ξυνίεσαν Th.1.3

    , [dialect] Ep.

    ξύνιεν Il.1.273

    : [tense] fut.

    συνήσω Hdt.9.98

    , Pl.Prt. 325e: [tense] aor. 1

    συνῆκα A.Ag. 1112

    , 1243, Hdt.5.92.γ, Ar.Ach. 101, etc.; [dialect] Ep.

    ξυνέηκα Il.1.8

    , al.;

    ἐξυνῆκα Anacr.146

    ;

    ἐσύνηκα Alc.131

    ; but [tense] aor. 2 imper. ξύνες, S.Tr. 868; pl. σύνετε v.l. in Ev.Marc.7.14; part.

    συνείς A.Pers. 361

    , Hdt.1.24, 5.92.γ and ή; [dialect] Aeol.

    σύνεις Alc.Supp.4.10

    ; [dialect] Dor. inf.

    συνέμεν Pi.P.3.80

    : [tense] pf.

    συνεῖκα Plb. 5.101.2

    ( συνηκέναι codd., corr. Schweigh.), etc.; [dialect] Dor. 1 pl

    συνείκαμες Plu.2.232d

    ; [tense] pf. part. συνεικώς prob. l. in J.Vit.45.--In Hom. we find of [tense] pres., only imper.

    ξυνίει Od.

    l.c.; of[tense] impf., [ per.] 3pl. ξύνιεν for ξυνίεσαν, Il.1.273; of [tense] aor. 1, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. ξυνέηκε; of [tense] aor. 2, imper.

    ξύνες 2.26

    , al.; of [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Med., [ per.] 3sg.

    ξύνετο Od.4.76

    ; subj. [ per.] 1pl.

    συνώμεθα Il.13.381

    ; all except the last form with ξυν-, though seldom required by the verse. [As in ἵημι, the [ per.] 1st syll. is short in [dialect] Ep., long in Trag. and Com.: Hes. however has συνῑέμεν (l.c., metri gr.); S. ξυνιημι in a dactylic verse, El. 131; and Ar. ξυνιημι in an iamb. trim., Av. 946, cf. Philem.123.3.]
    I bring or set together, in hostile sense, τίς τ' ἄρ σφωε.. ἔριδι ξυνέηκε μάχεσθαι; Il.1.8;

    οὓς ἔριδος μένεϊ ξυνέηκε μάχεσθαι 7.210

    ; but ἀμφοτέρῃς.. ἕνα ξυνέηκεν ὀϊστόν shot one arrow at both together, Musae.18.
    2 [voice] Med., come together, come to an agreement,

    ὄφρα.. συνώμεθα.. ἀμφὶ γάμῳ Il.13.381

    .
    3 send herewith, PSI6.665.7 (iii B.C.).
    II metaph., perceive, hear, freq. in Hom. (who also has [voice] Med. in this sense,

    ἀγορεύοντος ξύνετο Od.4.76

    );

    ὣς φάθ', ὁ δὲ ξυνέηκε Il.15.442

    ;

    εἰ δ' ἄγε νῦν ξυνίει Od.1.271

    :—Constr., c. acc. rei,

    ξυνέηκε θεᾶς ὄπα φωνησάσης Il.2.182

    ;

    ἐμέθεν ξυνίει ἔπος Od.6.289

    , cf. S.Ant. 1218, Ar. Pax 603: c. gen. pers.,

    νῦν δ' ἐμέθεν ξύνες ὦκα Il.2.26

    ; καὶ κωφοῦ συνίημι Orac ap.Hdt.1.47: rarely c.gen.rei,

    μευ βουλέων ξύνιεν Il.1.273

    .
    2 to be aware of, take notice of, observe,

    τοῖιν Od.18.34

    ;

    τῶν δὲ σὺ μὴ ξύνιε Thgn.1240

    (sed leg. ξυνίει): c. acc., Hdt.1.24: folld. by a relat.,

    ξύνες δὲ τήνδ', ὡς.. χωρεῖ S.Tr. 868

    (lyr.): abs.,

    πολλά με καὶ συνιέντα παρέρχεται Thgn.419

    .
    3 understand, ξ. ἀλλήλων understand one another's language, Hdt.4.114, Th.1.3; εὖ λέγοντος.. τοῦ Δελφικοῦ γράμματος οὐ ς. Pl.Alc.1.132c, cf. Lg. 791e: freq. c. acc. rei only, Pi.P.3.80, A.Pers. 361, Hdt.3.46, Ar.Pl.45, etc.;

    ξυνῆκα τοὔπος ἐξ αἰνιγμάτων A.Ch. 887

    , cf. Ag. 1243, S.El. 1479;

    ξ. δὲ αὐτὸς Ἑλληνιστὶ τὰ πλεῖστα X.An.7.6.9

    ;

    δι' ἑρμηνέων ξ. τι Id.Cyr.1.6.2

    ;

    συνιέντες τὰ ναυτικά Id.HG1.6.4

    : abs., τοῖς ξυνιεῖσιν to the intelligent, Thgn.904; in Com. dialogue, parenthetically, συνίης; like μανθάνεις; Lat. tenes? Alex.124.6, Diph.32.13; οὐχὶ ξυνίης; S.El. 1347;

    οὔπω ξυνῆκα A.Ag. 1112

    : also folld. by a clause,

    οὐ ξυνιᾶσιν ὅκως.. Heraclit. 51

    ;

    ξυνίημ' ὅτι βούλει Ar.Av. 946

    ( ξυνῆχ' cj. Brunck);

    σ. τὸ γράμμα ὃ βούλεται Pl.Prm. 128a

    , cf. Hdt.9.110: also, like other Verbs of perception, c. part.,

    ξυνιᾶσι τιμώμενοι Democr.95

    ; οὐ συνίης καταναλίσκων; Plu.2.231d;

    συνῆκα ἡδὺς γεγενημένος Luc.DDeor.2.1

    , cf. Tim.8.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συνίημι

  • 60 ἀνίημι

    ἀνίημι, ης (ἀνιεῖς, as if from ἀνιέω, dub. in Il.5.880), ησι: [tense] impf. ἀνίην, Hom. and [dialect] Att. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. εις, ει, [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.
    A

    ἀνίη SIG1

    (Abu Simbel, vi B. C., Iterat.

    ἀνίεσκε Hes.Th. 157

    ; also

    ἠνίει Hp.Epid.7.46

    ; [ per.] 1sg.

    ἀνίειν Luc.Cat.4

    : [tense] fut. ἀνήσω: [tense] pf. ἀνεῖκα: [tense] aor. 1 ἀνῆκα; [dialect] Ion. ἀνέηκα.:—the Homeric forms

    ἀνέσει Od.18.265

    , [tense] aor. opt.

    ἀνέσαιμι 14.209

    , part.

    ἀνέσαντες 13.657

    should be referred to ἀνέζω, but

    ἄνεσαν Il.21.537

    is from ἀνίημι: [tense] aor. 2, [ per.] 3pl.

    ἀνεῖσαν Th.5.32

    , imper.

    ἄνες A.Ch. 489

    , S.Ant. 1101, E.Hel. 442, subj.

    ἀνῇς A.Eu. 183

    , [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. subj.

    ἀνήη Il.2.34

    , opt. ἀνείη, inf. ἀνεῖναι, part. ἀνείς:—[voice] Pass., ἀνίεμαι: [tense] pf.

    ἀνεῖμαι Hdt.2.65

    , A.Th. 413, [ per.] 3pl. [tense] pf.

    ἀνέωνται Hdt.2.165

    (v.l. ἀνέονται), inf. ἀνἑῶσθαι (sic) Tab.Heracl.1.153: [tense] aor. part.

    ἀνεθείς Pl.R. 41c

    e: [tense] fut.

    ἀνεθήσομαι Th.8.63

    . [ ἀνῐ- [dialect] Ep., ἀνῑ- [dialect] Att.: but even Hom. has ἀνῑει, ἀνῑέμενος, and we find ἀνῐησιν in Pl.Com.153 (anap.).]: — send up or forth,

    Ζεφύροιο.. ἀήτας Ὠκεανὸς ἀνίησιν Od.4.568

    ; of Charybdis,

    τρὶς μὲν γάρ τ' ἀνίησιν.. τρὶς δ' ἀναροιβδεῖ 12.105

    ;

    ἀφρὸν ἀ.

    spew up, vomit,

    A.Eu. 183

    ;

    σταγόνας [αἵματος] ἀ. S.OT 1277

    ; of the earth, καρπὸν ἀ. make corn or fruit spring up, h.Cer.333;

    κνώδαλα A. Supp. 266

    ; also of the gods,

    ἀ. ἄροτον γῆς S.OT 270

    , etc.; so of females, produce, ib. 1405:—in [voice] Pass.,

    σπαρτῶν ἀπ' ἀνδρῶν ῥίζωμ' ἀνεῖται A.Th. 413

    : then in various relations,

    συὸς χρῆμα ἀ. S.Fr. 401

    ;

    κρήνην E.Ba. 766

    ; of a forest,

    πῦρ καὶ φλόγα Th.2.77

    ;

    πνεῦμ' ἀνεὶς ἐκ πνευμόνων E.Or. 277

    :— send up from the grave or nether world, A.Pers. 650, Ar.Ra. 1462, Phryn.Com.1 D., Pl.Cra. 403e, etc.:— [voice] Pass., ἐκ γῆς κάτωθεν ἀνίεται ὁ πλοῦτος ibid.; of fruit, Thphr.CP5.1.5.
    2 let come up, give access to,

    τινά X.HG2.4.11

    ; εἰς τὸ πεδίον ib. 7.2.12.
    II let go, from Hom. downwds. a very common sense, ἐμὲ δὲ γλυκὺς ὕπνος ἀνῆκεν, i.e. left me, Il.2.71, etc., cf. Pl.Prt. 310d: —[voice] Pass.,

    ἀνίεσθαι

    wake up,

    D.S.17.56

    ; set free,

    ἐκ στέγης ἀ. S.Ant. 1101

    ; let go unpunished,

    ἄνδρα τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν λυμαινόμενον X.HG2.3.51

    , cf. Lys.13.93; ἄνετέ μ' ἄνετε leave me alone, forbear, S.El. 229 (lyr.); of a state of mind,

    ἐμὲ δ' οὐδ' ὣς θυμὸν ἀνίει.. ὀδύνη Il. 15.24

    ;

    ὅταν μ' ἀνῇ νόσος μανίας E.Or. 227

    ;

    ὥς μιν ὁ οἶνος ἀνῆκε Hdt.1.213

    , etc.; ἀ. ἵππον to let him go (by slackening the rein), S.El. 721;

    ἵππους εἰς τάχος ἀ. X.Eq.Mag.3.2

    ;

    τῷ δήμῳ τὰς ἡνίας ἀ. Plu.Per. 11

    .
    b loosen, unfasten,

    δεσμόν Od.8.359

    (v.l. δεσμῶν)

    ; δεσμά τ' ἀνεῖσαι Call.Hec.1.2.13

    : hence, open,

    πύλας ἄνεσαν Il.21.537

    ;

    ἀ. θύρετρα E.Ba. 448

    ; ἀ. σήμαντρα break the seal, Id.IA 325:—[voice] Pass.,

    πύλαι ἀνειμέναι D.H.10.14

    .
    2 ἀ. τινί let loose at one, slip at,

    ἀ. τὰς κύνας X.Cyn.7.7

    : hence

    ἄφρονα τοῦτον ἀνέντες Il.5.761

    , cf. 880: c. acc. et inf., Διομήδεα μαργαίνειν ἀνέηκεν ib. 882: generally, set on or urge to do a thing, c. inf.,

    Μοῦσ' ἄρ' ἀοιδὸν ἀνῆκεν ἀειδέμεναι Od.8.73

    , cf. 17.425, Il.2.276, 5.422: freq. c. acc. pers. only, let loose, excite, as

    οὐδέ κε Τηλέμαχον.. ῷδ' ἀνιείης Od.2.185

    ;

    μέγας δέ σε θυμὸς ἀνῆκεν Il.7.25

    ; τοῖσιν μὲν Θρασυμήδεα δῖον ἀνῆκεν urged Thrasymedes to their aid, 17.705:—so in [voice] Pass.,

    ἅπας κίνδυνος ἀνεῖται σοφίας Ar.Nu. 955

    .
    3 ἀ. τινὰ πρός τι to let go for any purpose,

    τὸν λεὼν.. ἀνεῖναι πρὸς ἔργα τε καὶ θυσίας Hdt.2.129

    ; ἐς παιγνίην ἑωυτὸν ἀ. ib. 173;

    τὰ μικρὰ εἰς τύχην ἀνείς E.Fr. 974

    (v.l. ἀφείς)

    ; τὰ σώματα ἐπὶ ῥᾳδιουργίαν X.Cyr.7.5.75

    ; ἐὰν δ' ἀνῇς, ὕβριστον χρῆμα κἀκόλαστον [γυνή] if you leave her free, Pl.Com.98.
    4 let, allow, c. acc. et inf.,

    ἀνεῖναι αὐτοὺς ὅ τι βούλονται ποιεῖν Pl.La. 179a

    ;

    ἀ. τρίχας αὔξεσθαι Hdt.2.36

    , cf. 4.175: with inf. omitted,

    ἀνεῖσα πένθει κόμαν E. Ph. 323

    ; ἀ. στολίδος κροκόεσσαν τρυφάν ib. 1491;

    κόμας Plu.Lys.1

    : c. dat. pers. et inf., ἀνεὶς αὐτῷ θηρᾶν having given him leave to hunt, X.Cyr.4.6.3.
    5 [voice] Med., loosen, undo, c. acc., κόλπον ἀνιεμένη baring her breast, Il.22.80; αἶγας ἀνιέμενοι stripping or flaying goats, Od.2.300; so

    ἀνεῖτο λαγόνας E.El. 826

    ; so in [voice] Act., ἀνιέναι· δέρειν, Hsch.
    6 let go free, leave untilled, of ground dedicated to a god,

    τέμενος ἀνῆκεν ἅπαν Th.4.116

    ;

    ἀργὸν παντάπασι τὸ χωρίον ἀνιέντες τῷ θεῷ Plu.Publ.8

    ; generally,

    τὴν χώραν ἀ. μηλόβοτον Isoc.14.31

    ;

    ἀρούρας ἀσπόρους ἀ. Thphr.HP8.11.9

    ;

    στέλεχος ἀνειμένον

    allowed to run wild,

    LXX Ge.49.21

    :—but this sense mostly in [voice] Pass., devote oneself, give oneself up,

    ἐς τὸ ἐλεύθερον Hdt.7.103

    ; esp. of animals dedicated to a god, which are let range at large (cf. ἄνετος)

    , ἀνεῖται τὰ θηρία Id.2.65

    ; of a person devoted to the gods,

    νῦν δ' οὗτος ἀνεῖται στυγερῷ δαίμονι S.Aj. 1214

    ; of places, etc.,

    θεοῖσιν ἀ. δένδρεα Call. Cer.47

    ; ἄλσος ἀνειμένον a consecrated grove, cj. in Pl.Lg. 761c; of land,

    ἀ. εἰς νομάς PTeb.60.8

    ,72.36 (ii B.C.): hence metaph., ἀνειμένος εἴς τι devoted to a thing, wholly engaged in it, e.g.

    ἐς τὸν πόλεμον Hdt.2.167

    ; ἀνέωνται ἐς τὸ μάχιμον they are given up to military service, ib. 165; ἐς τὸ κέρδος λῆμ' ἀνειμένον given up to.., E.Heracl. 3: hence [tense] pf. part. [voice] Pass. ἀνειμένος as Adj., going free, left to one's own will and pleasure, at large, S.Ant. 579, El. 516;

    ἀ. τι χρῆμα πρεσβυτῶν γένος καὶ δυσφύλακτον E.Andr. 727

    ; πέπλοι ἀνειμένοι let hang loose, ib. 598; τὸ εἰς ἀδικίαν καὶ πλεονεξίαν -μένον unrestrained propensity to.., Plu.Num.16;

    σώματα πρὸς πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν ἀνειμένα Id.Lyc.10

    .
    7 slacken, relax, opp. ἐπιτείνω or ἐντείνω, of a bow or stringed instrument, unstring, as Hdt.3.22, cf. Pl.R. 442a, Ly. 209b, X.Mem.3.10.7, etc.; esp. of musical scales, ἁρμονίαι ἀνειμέναι, opp. σύντονοι, Arist.Pol. 1342b22, al.; ἀνειμένα Ἰαστὶ μοῦσα Pratin.Lyr.5: metaph.,

    ὀργῆς ὀλίγον τὸν κόλλοπ' ἀ. Ar.V. 574

    , cf. Pherecr.145.4, Pl.R. 410e;

    πολιτεῖαι ἀνειμέναι καὶ μαλακαί Arist.Pol. 1290a28

    ;

    τοῖς γηράσκουσι ἀνίεται ἡ συντονία GA 787b13

    ; ἀνειμένη τάσις the grave accent, Sch.D.T.p.130H.;

    οἱ πάγοι τὰς φλόγας ἀ.

    temper,

    Arist. Mu. 397b2

    : hence,
    b remit, neglect, give up,

    στέρνων ἀραγμούς S.OC 1608

    ;

    φυλακὰς ἀνῆκα E.Supp. 1042

    ; φυλακήν, ἄσκησιν, etc., Th.4.27, X.Cyr.7.5.70, etc.; ἀ. θάνατόν τινι to remit sentence of death to one, let one live, E.Andr. 531;

    ἔχθρας, κολάσεις τισί Plu.2.536a

    ; ἀ. τὰ χρέα, τὰς καταδίκας, Id.Sol.15, D.C.64.8, cf. 72.2; ἄνες λόγον speak more mildly, E.Hel. 442; so

    ἀ. τινὸς ἔχθραν Th.3.10

    ; ἀ. ἀρχήν, πόλεμον, etc., Id.1.76, 7.18, etc.:—[voice] Pass., to be treated remissly,

    ἀνεθήσεται τὰ πράγματα Id.8.63

    ;

    ὁ νόμος ἀνεῖται

    has become effete, powerless,

    E.Or. 941

    : freq. in [tense] pf. part. ἀνειμένος as an Adj., ἐν τῷ ἀνειμένῳ τῆς γνώμης when their minds are not strung up for action, Th.5.9; ἀνειμένῃ τῇ διαίτῃ relaxed, unconstrained, of the Athenians, Id.1.6; δίαιτα λίαν ἀ., of the Ephors, Arist.Pol. 1270b32;

    ἀ. ἡδοναί

    dissolute,

    Pl.R. 573a

    ; ἄνανδρος καὶ λίαν ἀ. ib. 549d;

    ἀ. χείλεα

    parched,

    Theoc.22.63

    ; of climate,

    ἀ. καὶ μαλακός Thphr.CP5.4.4

    ;

    ὀσμὴ μαλακὴ καὶ ἀ. 5.7.1

    : [comp] Comp.

    ἀνειμενώτερος Iamb.VP15.67

    :—but,
    8 the sense of relaxation occurs also as an intr. usage of the [voice] Act., slacken, abate, of the wind,

    ἐπειδὰν πνεῦμ' ἀνῇ S.Ph. 639

    , cf. Hdt.2.113, 4.152;

    ἕως ἀνῇ τὸ πῆμα S.Ph. 764

    , cf. Hdt.1.94; ἐμφῦσα οὐκ ἀνίει, of a viper, having fastened on him she does not let go, Id.3.109: esp. in phrase οὐδὲν ἀνιέναι not to give way at all, X.HG2.3.46, cf. Cyr.1.4.22; τὰς τιμὰς ἀνεικέναι ἤκουον that prices had fallen, D.56.25, cf. Arist.Rh. 1390a15; σιδήρια ἀ. ἐν τοῖς μαλακοῖς lose their edge, Thphr.HP5.5.1.
    b c. part., give up or cease doing, ὕων οὐκ ἀνίει [ὁ θεός] Hdt.4.28, cf. 125, 2.121.β, E.IT 318, etc.
    c c. gen., cease from a thing,

    μωρίας Id.Med. 457

    ;

    τῆς ὀργῆς Ar.Ra. 700

    , D.21.186;

    φιλονικίας Th.5.32

    ; ἀνῆκε τοῦ ἐξελθεῖν forbore to come forth, LXX 1 Ki.23.13.
    9 dilute, dissolve, διά τινος or τινί, Gal.13.520, al., Gp.4.7.3, cf. Arr.An.7.20.5 (Phryn.19 says that διΐημι is more correct in this sense);

    διυγραινομένων καὶ ἀνιεμένων Thphr.Vent.58

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀνίημι

См. также в других словарях:

  • A New Day Has Come (song) — Infobox Single Name = A New Day Has Come Artist = Céline Dion from Album = A New Day Has Come Released = March 11 2002 Format = CD, 12 , 7 , CS Recorded = Piccolo Studio, Cove City Sound Studios, Sony Music Studios, Wallyworld, The Enterprise II …   Wikipedia

  • A New Day Has Come — Infobox Album | Name = A New Day Has Come Type = Studio album Artist = Céline Dion Released = Start date|2002|3|22 Recorded = 2001 2002 Genre = Pop Length = 72:22 Label = Columbia, Epic Producer = Walter Afanasieff, Peer Astrom, Christian B.,… …   Wikipedia

  • A New Day Has Come — álbum de estudio de Céline Dion Publicación 22 de marzo de 2002 …   Wikipedia Español

  • Emmanuel Has Come — Infobox Album Name = Emmanuel Has Come Type = Live Album Longtype = Artist = Don Moen Cover size = 150px Released = October 21, 1996 Recorded = Great Circle Sound, Nashville, Tennessee; A6 Studios, Franklin, Tennessee; Integrity Studios, Mobile,… …   Wikipedia

  • Let's Talk About Love / Falling into You / A New Day Has Come — Infobox Album | Name = Let s Talk About Love / Falling into You / A New Day Has Come Type = Box set Artist = Céline Dion Released = Start date|2007|10|29 Recorded = 1996 2002 Genre = Pop Length = Label = Columbia, Epic Producer = Reviews =… …   Wikipedia

  • A New Day Has Come — Album par Céline Dion Sortie 22 mars 2002 Enregistrement 2001 2002 Durée 72:22 Producteur Walter Afanasieff Robert John Mutt Lange Christ …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Your Time Has Come — Infobox Single Name = Your Time Has Come Caption = Artist = Audioslave from Album = Out of Exile A side = B side = Released = 2005 Format = CD Recorded = Genre = Hard rock Length = 4:15 Label = Interscope Writer = Chris Cornell, Audioslave… …   Wikipedia

  • Time Has Come Today — Infobox Single Name = Time Has Come Today Cover size = Caption = Artist = The Chambers Brothers Album = The Time Has Come A side = Time Has Come Today B side = Dinah (original single) People Get Ready ( hit single) Released = November 1967 Format …   Wikipedia

  • Change Has Come — EP by Screaming Trees Released 1990 …   Wikipedia

  • A New Day Has Come (Chanson) — A New Day Has Come Chanson par Céline Dion extrait de l’album A New Day Has Come Sortie 11 mars 2002 Durée 5:43 Genre(s) Pop …   Wikipédia en Français

  • A New Day Has Come — Студийный альбом Селин Дион Дата выпуска 22 марта 2002 Записан 2001 2002 Жанр Поп, adult contemporary music …   Википедия

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»